The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutF15-0069_Product Data_1444169220.pdff:\21111028\ca\ca fire protection\15300-05-r1 - resubmittal sprinkler product data\15300-05-r1 - resubmittal automatic sprinkler system - product data 20150925.doc SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL TO:DATE:October 5, 2015 REFERENCE:Strata - Vail Jeff Mapp OZ Architecture BCER PROJECT #:21111028 E-Mail:jmapp@ozarch.com SUBMITTAL NO.15300-05-R1 - REVISED Date In Date Out Submittals & Tag #Section Manufacturer ReviewedRejected Revise & ResubmitMake CorrectionsAs Noted09/14/15 10/05/15 Resubmittal Automatic Sprinkler and Standpipe System – Product Data 15300 Reliable/various X These are transmitted as indicated below: X CHECKED AS NOTED (See Submittals) CHECKED AS NOTED (See Comments below) SUBMITTAL REVIEW COMMENTS: 1.Provide concealed sprinkler heads in all residential units – coordinate with architect. 2.Provide semi-recessed dry sidewalls for balconies – coordinate with architect. Signed: Todd Brand jsmith New SubmittalSubmittal Cover Sheet9/14/2015XProject:Strata - VailOZ ArchitectureFrom:PCL Construction Services, Inc.3003 Larimer Street953 S Frontage Rd WestDenver, CO 80205Suite 302Vail, CO 81657SPECIFICATION SECTION NO. & DESCRIPTION (Cover only one section with each submittal)PRIORITY STATUS CODESC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysC - Respond within 10 daysCONTRACTOR REMARKS:A/E REMARKS:CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION:NAME AND SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE:Received by:Date:Heather Wrozek32Misc. - Hilti - FirestopActionActionActionActionActionActionPCL Construction Services Inc.Contractor Project No: 500141015300-05-R115300-05 To:Description of Item Submitted(Type, size, model number, etc.)b.Sprinkler Heads - Reliable - Model F1RES PendentSprinkler Heads - Reliable - Model F3QR Dry PendentSprinkler Heads - Reliable - Model F1FR UprightsValves - Wilkins - Model 350 A Double Check BackflowValves - Tyco - Dry ValveValves - Tyco - Dry pipe valve acceleratorValves - Tyco - Automatic air maintenance deviceSubmittal No: Previous Submittal No: Date:ResubmittalCONTRACT REF. DOCUMENTSpec Paragraph Numbere.Drawing Sheet Numberf.I certify that the above submitted items have been reviewed in detail, are correct, and in general conformance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications except as otherwise noted.2021Submittal Typec.ActionActionActionActionItema.191819ActionActionActionValves - Tyco - Butterfly valvesValves - Milwaukee - Butterball valvesValves - Tyco - Check ValveValves - Croker - Fire dept connectionValves - AGF - Tent-n-drain valve w/ pressure reliefValves - Croker - Hose valve, cap, adapters, escutcheonsValves - Nibco - ball valvesPipe & Fittings - Bull Moose Tube - Schedule 10/40Action22282933ActionActionPipe & Fittings - Smith-Cooper - weld outletsElectrical - Potter - Water flow switchElectrical - Potter - supervisory switchHangers - Hilti - drop in anchorHangers - Simpson - Blue Banger HangerHangers - Sammy - XP20 Metal deckMisc. - Air compressorMisc. - Identification signs23Electrical - Potter - pressure switch24Electrical - Potter - exterior horn/strobe2Action3Action15300 - Automatic Sprinkler and Standpipe SystemsACTION TAKENA - ApprovedB - Approved as NotedC - Revise and ResubmitD - Not ApprovedA - Immediate ResponseB - Respond within 7 daysC - Respond within 10 days6Action7Action4Action5Action11Action12Action8Action10Action15Action16Action13Action14ActionPipe & Fittings - Youngstown Tube - Sch. 4031Action17Action30ActionPipe & Fittings - Youngstown Tube - Sch. 10Pipe & Fittings - Smith-Cooper - Ductile iron threaded fittingsPipe & Fittings - Tyco - Grooved fittings25Hangers - Tolco - band hanger26Hangers - Tolco - all-thread rod27Hangers - Tolco - top beam clamp Subcontractor:Date: Submittal #: Revisions:Revision Dates: Specification Section: Item Description: Action: Variance Request (Y/N):If so, why?: Notes: Notes to OZ Architecture and design reviewers include: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Strata - Vail PCL Project No. 5001410 AllState 15300-05-R1 9/14/2015 Valves - Tyco - Automatic air maintenance device Valves - Tyco - Dry pipe valve accelerator 15300 Please find the attached shop drawing from Allstate. Submittal catergory is "Action". Submittal includes shop drawings for the following: Hangers - Hilti - drop in anchor Hangers - Simpson - Blue Banger Hanger Valves - AGF - Tent-n-drain valve w/ pressure relief Valves - Croker - Fire dept connection Valves - Tyco - Check Valve Valves - Milwaukee - Butterball valves Valves - Tyco - Butterfly valves Valves - Tyco - Dry Valve Hangers - Tolco - top beam clamp Hangers - Tolco - all-thread rod Hangers - Tolco - band hanger Electrical - Potter - exterior horn/strobe Electrical - Potter - pressure switch Electrical - Potter - supervisory switch Electrical - Potter - Water flow switch Pipe & Fittings - Smith-Cooper - weld outlets Pipe & Fittings - Tyco - Grooved fittings Pipe & Fittings - Smith-Cooper - Ductile iron threaded fittings Pipe & Fittings - Youngstown Tube - Sch. 10 Pipe & Fittings - Youngstown Tube - Sch. 40 Pipe & Fittings - Bull Moose Tube - Schedule 10/40 Valves - Nibco - ball valves Valves - Croker - Hose valve, cap, adapters, escutcheons Automatic Sprinkler and Standpipe Systems Sprinkler Heads - Reliable - Model F1RES Pendent Sprinkler Heads - Reliable - Model F3QR Dry Pendent Sprinkler Heads - Reliable - Model F1FR Uprights Valves - Wilkins - Model 350 A Double Check Backflow Fire Sprinkler Equipment Submittals For Strata Vail 705 W. Lionhead Circle Vail, CO 81651 Edward Kolecke NICET Level III # 94588 Table of Contents 1. Sprinkler Heads Reliable Model F1FR Uprights, Pendent, Sidewalls Pg.4 Reliable Model F1Res49 Residential Pendent, Sidewall Pg.12 Reliable Model F3QR Dry Pendent, Dry Sidewalls Pg.24 2. Valves Cla-Val Model 90G-21 Pressure Reducing Valve Pg.40 Wilkins Model 350A Double Check Backflow Pg.42 Reliable Model D Dry Pipe Valve Pg.44 Reliable Model A-2 Air Maintenance Device Pg.48 Reliable Model B1 Accelerator Pg.58 Reliable Model DDX Deluge Valve Pg.70 Knox Knox Key Switch Pg.82 Nibco Butterfly Valve Pg.83 Milwaukee Butterball Vales Pg.84 Reliable Check Valve Pg.88 FPPI Check Valve Pg.90 Croker Fire Department Connection Pg.91 AGF Test-n-Drain Valve w/ Pressure Relief Pg.92 Croker Hose Valve/Cap/Adapters Pg.94/95/96 Nibco Ball Valves/For Drum Drip & Aux. Drain Pg.97 Croker Round Wall Plate Pg.98 3. Pipe and Fittings Allied Tube Sch. Dyna-Thread (if Youngstown unavailable) Pg.99 Bull Moose Tube Sch. Eddy-Thread (if Youngstown unavailable) Pg.100 Youngstown Tube Sch. EZ-Thead Pg.101 Allied Tube Sch. Dyna-Flow (if Youngstown unavailable) Pg. 100 Bull Moose Tube Sch. Eddy-Thread (if Youngstown unavailable) Pg.103 Youngstown Tube Sch. Fire-Flo Pg.104 Allied Tube Sch. 10 (if Youngstown unavailable) Pg.105 Bull Moose Tube Sch. 10 (if Youngstown unavailable) Pg.106 Youngstown Tube Sch. 10 Pg.107 Smith-Cooper Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings Pg.108 Anvil Grooved Fittings Pg.114 Smith-Cooper Weld Outlets Pg.131 4. Electrical System Sensor Water Flow Switch Pg.137 System Sensor Supervisory Switch Pg.141 System Sensor Alarm Pressure Switch Pg.143 System Sensor Supervisory Pressure Switch Pg.145 System Sensor Exterior Horn/Strobe Pg.147 Page 2 of 2 5. Hangers Tolco Band Hanger Pg.149 Tolco All-Thread Rod Pg.150 Tolco Top Beam Clamp Pg.151 Hilti Drop-In Anchor Pg.152 Simpson Blue Banger Hanger Pg.153 Sammy XP20 Metal Deck Pg.161 Tolco Riser Clamp Pg.165 6. Miscellaneous Gast Air Compressor Pg.166 Hilti Firestop Pg.167 Croker Identification Signs Pg.180 Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Model F1FR Series Quick Response Standard Spray Bulletin 014 Rev. LBulletin 014 Rev. L Model F1FR56 Sprinkler Types Standard Upright Standard Pendent Conventional Vertical Sidewall Horizontal Sidewall Model F1FR56 Recessed Sprinkler Types Standard Pendent/F1/F2/FP Horizontal Sidewall Model F1FR56 Concealed Sprinkler Types Standard Pendent Model F1FR42, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Sprinkler Types Standard Upright Standard Pendent Model F1FR42, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Recessed Sprinkler Types Standard Pendent Model F1FR56LL & F1FR42LL Low Lead Sprinkler Types* Standard Pendent Less than 0.25% Lead Content Listing & Approvals 1. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Certified for Canada (cULus). 2. Factory Mutual Approvals (FM) 3. Loss Prevention Council (LPCB, UK) 4. VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH 5. *NSF Certified to NSF/ANSi Standard 61 Annex G 6. EC Certificate: 0786-CPD-40239 (RA1414), 0786- CPD-40251 (RA1425), 0786-CPD-40252 (RA1475) UL Listing Category Sprinklers, Automatic & Open (VNIV) Quick Response Sprinkler Product Description Reliable Models F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Series Sprinklers are quick response sprinklers which combine the durability of a standard sprin- kler with the attractive low profile of a decorative sprinkler. The Models F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Series Recessed automatic sprinklers utilize a 3.0 mm frangible glass bulb. These sprinklers have demonstrated response times in laboratory tests which are five to ten times faster than standard response sprinklers. This quick response enables the Model F1FR56, F1FR56LL, Pendent Conventional Recessed Pendent/F1/F2 Upright Vertical Sidewall Horizontal Sidewall Recessed Horizontal Sidewall RecessedPendent/FP Concealed Pendent XLH Upright XLH Pendent XLH Recessed Pendent F1/F2 XLH Recessed Pendent FP F1FR42, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Series sprinklers to apply wa- ter to a fire much faster than standard sprinklers of the same temperature rat- ing. The glass bulb consists of an accu- rately controlled amount of special fluid hermetically sealed inside a precisely manufactured glass capsule. This glass bulb is specially constructed to provide fast thermal response. At normal temperatures, the glass bulb contains the fluid in both the liquid and vapor phases. The vapor phase can be seen as a small bubble. As heat is applied, the liquid expands, forcing the bubble smaller and smaller as the liq- uid pressure increases. Continued heating forces the liquid to push out against the bulb, causing the glass to shatter, opening the waterway and allowing the deflector to distrib- ute the discharging water. 2. Technical data: Models Discharge Coefﬁ cient Response Thread Size Max. Working Pressure Min. Working Pressure Temperature Rating Finish F1FR56 **F1FR56LL(1)K 5.6 Quick Response 1/2” NPT (R1/2) 175 PSI 7 PSI See “Temperature Ratings” Table. See “Finish Table” F1FR42 **F1FR42LL(1) F1FRXLH K 4.2 F1FR28 K 2.8 (1) Low Lead Sprinklers available only with Temperature Rating 200°F/93°C Material Data: Frame Deﬂ ector Load Screw *Pintle Cup Washer Bulb DZR Brass QM Brass **Low Lead Brass CDA Alloy 260, CDA Alloy 220 orCDA Alloy510 CDA Alloy 360 or CDA Alloy 544 CDA Alloy 360 or CDA Alloy 544 CDA Alloy 651 or CDA Alloy 693 Nickel Alloy 440 or Alloy 360 coated with PTFE Adhesive Tape Glass Application Quick response sprinklers are used in fixed fire protection systems: Wet, Dry, Deluge or Preaction. Care must be exercised that the orifice size, temperature rating, deflector style and sprinkler type are in accordance with the latest published standards of the National Fire Protection Association or the approving Authority Having Jurisdiction. Quick response sprinklers are intended for installation as specified in NFPA 13. Quick response sprinklers and standard re- sponse sprinklers should not be intermixed. Model F1FR42, F1FRXLH Upright Pendent ConventionalUpright Model F1FR56, Upright, Pendent & Conventional Sprinklers Model F1FR42, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Upright & Pendent Sprinklers Installation Wrench: Model D Sprinkler Wrench Installation Data: Nominal Oriﬁ ce Thread Nominal K Factor Sprinkler Approval Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN) Size US Metric Height Organization Upright Pendent Standard-Upright (SSU) and Pendent Deflectors Marked to Indicate Position 1/2” (15mm) (1)1/2” NPT (R1/2) 5.6 80 2.25” (57mm) 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 RA1425 (1)(2)(3)(4)RA1414(1)(2)(3)(4) 7/16” (10mm) 1/2” NPT (R1/2) 4.2 60 2.25” (57mm) 1 RA1423 (1)(4)RA1413(4) 3/8” (10mm) 1/2” NPT (R1/2) 2.8 40 2.25” (57mm) 1 RA1421 (1)(4)RA1411(4) Conventional-Install in Upright or Pendent Position 15mm (1)1/2” NPT (R1/2) 5.6 80 57mm 3, 4, 6 RA1475 (3) (1) cULus listed corrosion resistant (Polyester coated) sprinkler. (2) Polyester coated FM approved sprinkler. (3) Polyester coated LPCB & VdS approved sprinkler RA1425, RA1414 & RA1475. (4) Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Plated - cULus listed Corrosion Resistant 3. Model F1FR56LL & F1FR42LL Pendent Sprinklers Installation Wrench: Model D Sprinkler Wrench Installation Data: Nominal Oriﬁ ce Thread Nominal K Factor Sprinkler Approval Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN) Size US Metric Height Organization Pendent Standard-Pendent Deflectors Marked to Indicate Position 1/2” (15mm) (1)1/2” NPT (R1/2) 5.6 80 2.25” (57mm) 1, 5 RA1415 7/16” (11mm) 1/2” NPT (R1/2) 4.2 60 2.25” (57mm) 1, 5 RA1410 (1) cULus listed corrosion resistant (Polyester coated) sprinkler. *DuPont Registered Trademark Model F1FR56 Quick Response Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler Installation Wrench: Model D Sprinkler Wrench Installation Position: Upright or Pendent Approval Type: Light Hazard Occupancy Installation Data: Nominal Oriﬁ ce Thread Size Nominal K Factor Sprinkler Height Approval Organizations Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Numbers (SIN)US Metric ½” (15mm) ½” NPT (R1/2) 5.6 80 2.25” (57mm) 1, 2, 3 RA1485(2)(3)15mm ½” NPT (R1/2) 5.6 80 2.25” (57mm) 3 (1) (1) LPC Approval is for pendent position only. (2) cULus Listed corrosion resistant (Polyester coated) sprinkler. (3) Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Plated - cULus listed Corrosion Resistant Sprinkler Type Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Distance (Min. - Max.) Upright 4” (102mm) - 12” (305mm) Pendent 4” (102mm) - 12” (305mm) Vertical Sidewall Model F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 F1 or F2 Model F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 FP Model F1FR56, F1FR42, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Quick Response Recessed Pendent Sprinkler(1) Installation Wrench: Model GFR2 Sprinkler Wrench Installation Data: Nominal Oriﬁ ce Thread Size K Factor Sprinkler Height Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN)US Metric 1/2” (15mm) 1/2” NPT(R½) 5.6 80 2.25” (57mm) RA1414 7/16” (10mm) 1/2” NPT (R1/2) 4.2 60 2.25” (57mm) RA1413 3/8” (10mm) 1/2” NPT (R1/2) 2.8 40 2.25” (57mm) RA1411 (1) Refer to escutcheon data table for approvals & dimensions Model F1FR56LL & F1FR42LL Quick Response Recessed Pendent Sprinkler(1) Installation Wrench: Model GFR2 Sprinkler Wrench Installation Data: Nominal Oriﬁ ce Thread Size K Factor Sprinkler Height Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN)US Metric 1/2” (15mm) 1/2” NPT(R½) 5.6 80 2.25” (57mm) RA1415 7/16” (10mm) 1/2” NPT (R1/2) 4.2 60 2.25” (57mm) RA1410 (1) Refer to escutcheon data table for approvals & dimensions 4.*DuPont Registered Trademark 5. Model F1FR56 Quick Response Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Deﬂ ector: HSW Installation Wrench: Model D Sprinkler Wrench Installation Data: Horizontal Sidewall Nominal Oriﬁ ce Thread Size Nominal K Factor Sprinkler Height Approval Organizations and Type of Approval Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Numbers (SIN)US Metric Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard ½” (15mm) ½” NPT (R1/2) 5.6 80 2.63” (67mm) 1, 2 1 RA1435 (1)(2)(3) (1) cULus Listed corrosion resistant (Polyester coated) sprinkler. (2) Polyester coated FM approved sprinkler. (3) Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Plated - cULus listed Corrosion Resistant Horizontal Sidewall Note: For Recessed HSW Sprinklers use installation wrench GFR2. cULus permits use with F1, F2 or FP escutcheons for “Light Hazard” only. While FM limits use for the same hazard with the F2 escutcheon only. Model F1FR56 Quick Response Concealed Pendent Sprinklers Installation Wrench: Model RC1 Sprinkler Wrench Technical Data: Nominal Oriﬁ ce “K” Factor Thread Size Model Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp Bulb Color Approvals Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number(SIN)US Metric Sprinkler Cover ½” (15mm) 5.6 80 ½” NPT F1FR 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 100°F/38°C Orange 1 RA1414 ½” (15mm) 5.6 80 ½” NPT F1FR 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 100°F/38°C Red 1, 4 (1), 6 RA1414 ½” (15mm) 5.6 80 ½” NPT F1FR 175°F/79°C 165°F/74°C 100°F/38°C Yellow 1 RA1414 ½” (15mm) 5.6 80 ½” NPT F1FR 200°F/93°C 165°F/74°C 150°F/65°C Green 1 RA1414 (1) For VdS only = 155°F/68°C Norbulb and 1/2” [12,7mm] adjustment. Model F1FR56LL Quick Response Concealed Pendent Sprinklers Installation Wrench: Model RC1 Sprinkler Wrench Technical Data: Nominal Oriﬁ ce “K” Factor Thread Size Model Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp Bulb Color Approvals Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number(SIN)US Metric Sprinkler Cover ½” (15mm) 5.6 80 ½” NPT F1FR56LL 200°F/93°C 165°F/74°C 150°F/65°C Green 1, 5 RA1414 *DuPont Registered Trademark Installation Aid A protective cap is included for use during installation. Important: The F1FR56 Sprinkler with Model CCP cover plate is not an FM Approved combination. Installation Quick response sprinklers are intended for installation as specified in NFPA 13. Quick response sprinklers and stan- dard response sprinklers should not be intermixed. The Model F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Recessed Quick Response Sprin- klers are to be installed as shown. The Model F1 or F2 Es- cutcheons illustrated are the only recessed escutcheons to be used with the Model F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Sprinklers. The use of any other recessed escutcheon will void all approvals and ne- gate all warranties. When installing Model F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Sprinklers, use the Model D Sprinkler Wrench. Use the Model GFR2 Wrench for install- ing F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Recessed Pendent Sprinklers. Any other type of wrench may damage these sprinklers. NOTE: A leak tight ½” NPT (R1/2) sprinkler joint can be obtained with a torque of 8-18 ft-lbs (10,8 - 24,4 N-m). Do not tighten sprinklers over maximum recommended torque. It may cause leakage or impairment of the sprinklers. The Models F1FR56/CCP & F1FR56LL/CCP Concealed Sprinkler use the ½” orifice, ½” NPT (R1/2), Model F1FR56 & F1FR56LL Pendent Sprinkler with a threaded Model CCP cup which is factory attached to the sprinklers. The Model F1FR56 Pndent is available in temperature rating of 135°F (57°C), 155°F (68°C), 175°F (79°C) or 200°F (93°C). The Model F1FR56LL Pendent is available only in a rating of 200°F (93°C). The concealed sprinkler assemblies are com- pleted by the installation of the attractive low profile Model CCP push on cover plate assembly, rated 135°F (57°C) or 165°F (74°C) for the F1FR56 and 165°F (74°C) for the FIFR56 LL. The cover plate and sprinkler cup assemblies are joined using a cover plate skirt with flexible tabs for threaded en- gagement. A choice of two cover plate assemblies provide either 1/2” (13mm) or 5/8” (8mm) of cover adjustment, Do not install these sprinklers in ceiling which have positive pressure in the space above. After a 25/8” (67mm) diameter hole is cut in the ceiling, the sprinkler is easily installed with the Model RC1 Wrench. A Teflon* based thread sealant should be applied to the sprin- kler threads only. The Model RC1 Wrench is then used to engage the sprinkler wrenching surfaces and to install the sprinkler in the fitting. When inserting or removing the wrench from the sprinkler/cup assembly, care should be tak- en to prevent damage to the sprinkler. DO NOT WRENCH ON ANY OTHER PART OF THE SPRINKLER. The cover plate is then pushed onto the cup. Final adjustment is made by hand turning the cover plate until the skirt flange makes full contact with the ceiling. Cover plate removal requires turning in the counter clockwise direction. After installation, inspect all sprinklers to ensure that there is a gap between the cover plate and ceiling and that the four cup slots are open and free from any air flow impedi- ment to the space above. Concealed cover plate/cup assemblies are listed only for use with specific sprinklers. The use of any other concealed cover plate/cup assembly with the Model F1FR56 Pendent Sprinkler or the use of the Model CCP Concealed cover plate assembly on any sprinkler with which it is not specifi- cally listed my prevent good fire protection and will void all guarantees, warranties, listings and approvals. Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors to minimize bulb damage during shipping, handling and in- stallation. REMOVE THIS PROTECTION AT THE TIME THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS PLACED IN SERVICE FOR FIRE PROTECTION. Removal of the protectors before this time may leave the bulb vulnerable to damage. RASCO wrench- es are designed to install sprinklers when covers are in place. REMOVE PROTECTORS BY UNDOING THE CLASP BY HAND. DO NOT USE TOOLS TO REMOVE THE PRO- TECTORS. 6. *DuPont Registered Trade Mark Figure 1 Figure 2 Temperature Ratings Classiﬁ cation Sprinkler Temperature Max. Ambient Temp.Bulb Color °C °F Ordinary Ordinary Intermediate Intermediate High (1) 57 68 79 93 141 135 155 175 200 286 100°F (38°C) 100°F (38°C) 150°F (66°C) 150°F (66°C) 225°F (107°C) Orange Red Yellow Green Blue (1) Not available for recessed sprinklers. Escutcheon Data (1) (1) SIN RA1435 – cULus permits use with F1, F2 or FP escutcheons for “light hazard” only, while FM limits use for same hazard with F2 escutcheon only. Maintenance The Model F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH and Model F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Recessed Sprinklers should be inspected and the sprinkler system maintained in accor- dance with NFPA 25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by using a soft brush or gentle vacuuming. Remove any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory ap- plied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of dam- aged or operated sprinklers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging to minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would cause improper operation or non-operation. Sprinkler Types Standard Upright Standard Pendent Conventional Recessed Pendent Vertical Sidewall Horizontal Sidewall Recessed Horizontal sidewall Concealed pendent Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12 bar) 100% Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Finishes (1) Standard Finishes Sprinkler Escutcheon Cover plate (1) Bronze Brass Chrome Chrome Plated Chrome White Polyester Plated Coated (4)(5)(6)White Painted Special Application Finishes Sprinkler Escutcheon Cover plate (1) Electroless Nickel PTFE(Teflon®)*(7) Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Bright Brass Bright Brass(3)Bright Brass Black Plating Black Plated Black Plated Black Paint Black Paint(2)(6)Black Paint Off White Off White(2)(6) Off White Satin Chrome Chrome Dull Chrome Dull (1) Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult the factory for details. Custom color painted sprinklers may not retain their UL Corrosion resistance listing. Coverplate custom paint is semi-gloss, unless specified otherwise. (2) cULus Listed only. (3) 200°F (93°C) maximum. (4) cULus listed “corrosion resistance” applies to SIN Numbers RA1435 (HSW), RA1485(VSW), RA1425 (Upright), RA1414 (Pendent) and RA1415 (Pendent) in standard black or white. Corrosion resistance in other polyester colors is available upon request. (5) FM Approvals finish as “Polyester coated” applies to SIN Number RA1414, RA1435 and RA1425 in standard black or white. (6) LPCB and VdS Approved finish applies only to RA1425, RA1414 and RA1475. (7) cULus listed Corrosion Resistant Ordering Information Specify: 1. Sprinkler Model 2. Sprinkler Type 3. Orifice Size 4. Deflector Type 5. Temperature Rating 6. Sprinkler Finish 7. Escutcheon Type 8. Escutcheon Finish (where applicable) 9. Cover plate Model 10. Cover plate Thread size 11. Cover plate Temperature 12. Cover plate Adjustment 13. Cover plate Finish Note: When Model F1FR56 Recessed sprinklers are ordered, the sprinklers and escutcheons are packaged separately. 7. *DuPont Registered Trademark • Automatic sprinklers • Flush automatic sprinklers • Recessed automatic sprinklers • Concealed automatic sprinklers • Adjustable automatic sprinklers • Dry automatic sprinklers • Intermediate level sprinklers • Open sprinklers • Spray nozzles • Alarm valves • Retarding chambers • Dry pipe valves • Accelerators for dry pipe valves • Mechanical sprinkler alarms • Electrical sprinkler alarm switches • Water flow detectors • Deluge valves • Detector check valves • Check valves • Electrical system • Sprinkler emergency cabinets • Sprinkler wrenches • Sprinkler escutcheons and guards • Inspectors test connections • Sight drains • Ball drips and drum drips • Control valve seals • Air maintenance devices • Air compressors • Pressure gauges • Identification signs • Fire department connection Reliable offers a wide selection of sprinkler components. Following are some of the many precision-made Reliable products that guard life and property from fire around the clock. Reliable...For Complete Protection Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (800) 431-1588 Sales Offices (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address Manufactured by RecycledPaper Revision lines indicate updated or new data. EG. Printed in U.S.A. 09 /14 P/N 9999970300 The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable.Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 90 years, and are installed and serviced by the most highly qualified and reputable sprinkler contractors located throughout the United States, Canada and foreign countries. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Bulletin 135 Rev. MBulletin 135 Rev. M Model F1 Residential Sprinklers for Design Density of .05 gpm/ft2 Types: 1. F1 Res 30 Pendent 2. F1 Res 30 Recessed Pendent/F2 3. F1 Res 30 Recessed Pendent/FP 4. F1 Res 49 Pendent 5. F1 Res 49 Recessed Pendent/F1 6. F1 Res 49 Recessed Pendent/FP 7. F1 Res 58 Pendent 8. F1 Res 58 Recessed Pendent/F1 9. F1 Res 58 Recessed Pendent/FP 10. F1 Res 76 Pendent 11. F1 Res 76 Recessed Pendent/F1 12. F1 Res 76 Recessed Pendent/FP 13. F1 Res 30 CCP Pendent 14. F1 Res 49 CCP Pendent 15. F1 Res 58 CCP Pendent 16. F1 Res 76 CCP Pendent 17. F1 Res 44 HSW 18. F1 Res 44 Recessed HSW/F2 19. F1 Res 58 HSW 20. F1 Res 58 HSWX 21. KRes58 HSWX 22. F1 Res 58 HSW Recessed HSW/F2 23. F1 Res 44 SWC Listings & Approvals 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and UL Certified for Canada (cULus) Sprinklers for .10 Density: Refer to Bulletin 176 UL Listing Category Residential Automatic Sprinkler UL Guide Number VKKW Patents US Patent No. 6,516,893 applies to the Model F1 Res 49 & 58 Pendent Sprinklers US Patent No. 7,353,882 applies to Model F1 Res 44 & 58 HSW Sprinklers US Patent No. 7,784,555 applies to Model F1 Res 44 SWC Sprinklers Product Description Model F1 Res Pendent sprinklers (Figs. 1, 2, 3, & 4) are fast response sprinklers combining excellent durability, high sensitiv- ity glass-bulb and low profile decorative design. The F1 Res F1 Res 30, 49, 58 & 76 Recessed Pendent / FP F1 Res 30, 49, 58 & 76 Recessed Pendent / F1 F1 Res 44 & 58 Recessed HSW/F2 F1 Res 30, 49, 58 & 76 CCP Pendent F1 Res 44 SWC Horizontal Sidewall sprinklers (Figs. 5, 6 & 7) are equally attrac- tive when above ceiling piping cannot be used. The 3mm glass-bulb pendent sprinklers permit the efficient use of residential water supplies for sprinkler coverage in residential fire protection design. The low flow F1 Res sprinklers are specially engineered for fast thermal response to meet the sensitive fire protection applica- tion needs of the latest residential market standards (UL 1626 Standard). Upon fire conditions, rising heat causes a sprinkler’s heat-sensitive element, glass bulb or link to actuate, releasing the waterway for water flow onto the deflector, evenly distributing the discharged water to control a fire. Technical Data: • Thermal Sensor: Soldered Element (Link) or Nominal 3mm glass-bulb • Sprinkler Frame : Brass Casting • Sprinklers’ Pressure Rating : 175 psi Factory Hydrostatically Tested to 500 psi • Thread Size: ½” NPT (R½) • K-Factor: 3.0 (43.2) (Actual) - F1 Res 30 Pendent Sprinkler 4.9 (70.6) (Actual) - F1 Res 49 Pendent Sprinkler 5.8 (83.5) (Actual) - F1 Res 58 Pendent & HSW Sprinkler 7.6 (109)(Actual) - F1 Res 76 Pendent Sprinkler 4.4 (63) (Actual) - F1 Res 44 HSW Sprinkler• Density: Minimum 0.05 gpm/ft2 Model F1 Res Sprinklers engineered for the lowest ﬂ ows to meet the minimum design density of .05 gpm/ft2 F1 Res 58 HSWX 2. Application Model F1 Res Sprinklers are used for Residential Fire Pro- tection according to UL 1626 Standard*. For ceiling types: Smooth Flat Horizontal, or beamed, or sloped, in accordance with NFPA 13D, 13R, or 13 2013 editions. Be sure that orifice size, temperature rating, deflector style and sprinkler type are in accordance with the latest published standards of The Na- tional Fire Protection Association or the approving authority having jurisdiction. Installation Models F1 Res sprinklers are to be installed as shown. Model F1, F2 and FP Escutcheons, illustrated herewith, are the only recessed escutcheons to be used with Model F1 Res sprinklers. Use of any other recessed escutcheon will void all approvals and warranties. For installing Model F1 Res Pen- dent sprinklers use only the Model D sprinkler Wrench; for installing Models F1 Res Recessed Pendent, CCP & SWC sprinklers use only the Model GFR2 sprinkler wrench; for in- stalling Model F1 Res Recessed HSW sprinklers use only the Model GFR2 Sprinkler Wrench. Use of wrenches other than those specified may damage these sprinklers. Install F1 Res 44 with a ceiling to deflector distance of 4” - 12”. Flow arrow on deflector must point away from near wall and “Top” mark- ing must face ceiling. Technical Data: F1Res 30 Pendent and Recessed Pendent (SIN R3511) Thread Size Nominal Oriﬁ ce Inch (mm) Max. Pressure psi (bar) Sprinkler Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp. Actual K Factor Sprinkler Length Inch (mm)°F °C °F °C ½” NPT (R½)21/64” (8.2) 175 (12) 155175 6879 100 38 3.0 (43.2) 2.25 (57) Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (155°F/68°C) Intermediate Temp. Rating (175°F/79°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 8 (30,3) 7.0 (0,48) 8 (30,3) 7.0 (0,48) Smooth Ceilings 1¼ to 4 (31.7 to 102) using F2 escutcheon. Beamed Ceilings per NFPA 13D, 13R or 13 installed in beams 1¼ to 1¾ (31.7 to 44.4) using F2 escutcheon 8 (2,4)14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 10 (37,8) 11 (0,76) 10 (37,8) 11 (0,76) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 13 (49) 18.8 (1,3) 13 (49) 18.8 (1,3) For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D • Model F1 Res 30, 49, 58 & 76 Pendent • Model F1 Res 30 Recessed Pendent / F2 • Model F1 Res 49, 58 & 76 Recessed Pendent / F1 Fig. 1 Fig. 2 F1 escutcheon, 3/4” (19mm) adjustment Escutcheon*, F1 or F2, Data: Type Adjustment Inch (mm) “A” Inch (mm) Face of ﬁ tting to ceiling Inch (mm) “B” Deﬂ ector Distance below bottom of beam Inch (mm) F1 ¾ (19.0) Min. Recessed = 15/8 (41.3)Max. Recessed = 7/8 (22.2) 3/8 (9.5)11/8 (28.6)13/4 (44.4)1 (25.4) F2 ½ (12.7) Min. Recessed = 15/8 (41.3) Max. Recessed = 11/8 (28.6) 3/8 (9.5) 7/8 (22.2) 13/4 (44.4) 1¼ (31.7) * Note: Escutcheons F1 or F2 may be used with Model F1 Res 49, 58 & 76 Recessed Pendent Sprinkler 3. Technical Data: F1Res 49 Pendent and Recessed Pendent (SIN R3516) Thread Size Nominal Oriﬁ ce Inch (mm) Max. Pressure psi (bar) Sprinkler Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp. Actual K Factor Sprinkler Length Inch (mm)°F °C °F °C ½” NPT (R½)7/16” (11) 175 (12) 155 175 68 79 100 150 38 66 4.9 (70.6) 2.25 (57) Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (155°F/68°C) Intermediate Temp. Rating (175°F/79°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 13 (49) 7.0 (0,48) 13 (49) 7.0 (0,48) Smooth Ceilings 1¼ to 4 (31.7 to 102) using F2 escutcheon. 1 to 4 (25.4 to 102) using F1 escutcheon. Beamed Ceilings per NFPA 13D, 13R or 13 installed in beams 1¼ to 1¾ (31.7 to 44.4) using F2 escutcheon, 1 to 1¾ (25.4 to 44.4) using F1 escutcheon 8 (2,4) 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 13 (49) 7.0 (0,48) 13 (49) 7.0 (0,48) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 13 (49) 7.0 (0,48) 13 (49) 7.0 (0,48) 18 x 18 (5,5 x 5,5) 18 (5,5) 17 (64,3) 12 (0,83) 17 (64,3) 12 (0,83) 20 x 20 (6,1 x 6,1) 20 (6,1) 20 (75,7) 16.7 (1,14) 20 (75,7) 16,7 (1,14) For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (155°F/68°C) Intermediate Temp. Rating (175°F/79°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 15 (57) 9.4 (0,65) 15 (57) 9.4 (0,65)Smooth Ceilings 4 to 8 (100 to 203) using F2 escutcheon.4 to 8 (100 to 203) using F1 escutcheon. Beamed Ceilings per NFPA 13D, 13R or 13 installed in beams 4¼ to 8 (108 to 203) using F2 escutcheon, 4 to 8 (100 to 203) using F1 escutcheon 8 (2,4) 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 16 (60,5) 10.6 (0,73) 16 (60,5) 10.6 (0,73) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 17 (64,3) 12.0 (0,83) 17 (64,3) 12.0 (0,83) 18 x 18 (5,5 x 5,5) 18 (5,5) 19 (72) 15.0 (1,0) 19 (72) 15.0 (1,0) 20 x 20 (6,1 x 6,1) 20 (6,1) 22 (83,2) 20.2 (1,4) 22 (83,2) 20.2 (1,4) Technical Data: F1Res 58 Pendent and Recessed Pendent (SIN R3513) Thread Size Nominal Oriﬁ ce Inch (mm) Max. Pressure psi (bar) Sprinkler Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp.Actual K Factor Sprinkler Length Inch (mm)°F °C °F °C ½” NPT (R½)½” (13) 175 (12) 155 175 68 79 100 150 38 66 5.8 (83.5) 2.25 (57) Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (155°F/68°C) Intermediate Temp. Rating (175°F/79°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 16 (61) 7.6 (0,53) 16 (61) 7.6 (0,53)Smooth Ceilings 1¼ to 4 (31.7 to 102) using F2 escutcheon. 1 to 4 (25.4 to 102) using F1 escutcheon. Beamed Ceilings per NFPA 13D, 13R or 13 installed in beams 1¼ to 1¾ (31.7 to 44.4) using F2 escutcheon, 1 to 1¾ (25.4 to 44.4) using F1 escutcheon 8 (2,4) 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 16 (61) 7.6 (0,53) 16 (61) 7.6 (0,53) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 16 (61) 7.6 (0,53) 16 (61) 7.6 (0,53) 18 x 18 (5,5 x 5,5) 18 (5,5) 19 (72) 10.8 (0,75) 19 (72) 10.8 (0,75) 20 x 20 (6,1 x 6,1) 20 (6,1) 22 (83,3) 14.4 (1,0) 22 (83,3) 14.4 (1,0) For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D Note: The F1 Res 76 will use a 1” x ¾” reducer. FP push-on/thread-off escutcheon Fig. 3 Fig. 4 4. • Model F1 Res 30, 49, 58 & 76 CCP Pendent*• Model F1 Res 30, 49, 58 & 76 Recessed Pendent / FP Technical Data: F1 Res 76 Pendent and Recessed Pendent (SIN R7618) Thread Size Nominal Oriﬁ ce Inch (mm) Max. Pressure psi (bar) Sprinkler Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp.K Factor Sprinkler Length Inch (mm)°F °C °F °C 3/4” NPT (R3/4)17/32” (13.5) 175 (12) 155175 6879 100150 3866 7.6 (109) 2.25 (57) Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (155°F/68°C) Intermediate Temp. Rating (175°F/79°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 21 (79,5) 7.6 (0,53) 21 (79,5) 7.6 (0,53)Smooth Ceilings 4¼ to 8 (108 to 203) using F2 escutcheon.4 to 8 (100 to 203) using F1 escutcheon. Beamed Ceilings per NFPA 13D, 13R or 13 installed in beams 4¼ to 8 (108 to 203) us-ing F2 escutcheon, 4 to 8 (100 to 203) using F1 escutcheon 8 (2,4) 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 21 (79,5) 7.6 (0,53) 21 (79,5) 7.6 (0,53) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 21 (79,5) 7.6 (0,53) 21 (79,5) 7.6 (0,53) 18 x 18 (5,5 x 5,5) 18 (5,5) 21 (79,5) 7.6 (0,53) 21 (79,5) 7.6 (0,53) 20 x 20 (6,1 x 6,1) 20 (6,1) 23 (87,1) 9.2 (0,63) 23 (87,1) 9.2 (0,63) For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D CCP Cover Plate Data: “A” Cover Adjustment Inch (mm) “B” CCP Height Inch (mm) “C” Deﬂ ector Distance below bottom of beam Inch (mm) ½ (12.7)15/16 (24) ½ (13) - 1 (25.4) 5/16 (7.9)3/4 (19) ½ (13) - 1 (25.4) FP Escutcheon Data: FP Position “A” Inch (mm) “B” Deﬂ ector Distance below bottom of beam Inch (mm) Max. Recessed 7/16 (11) ½ (12.7) Min. Recessed 15/16 (24) 1 (25.4) Note: Sprinklers shown in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 are not suitable for installation in ceilings which have positive pressure in the space above. * Not listed for corrosion resistance. 5. Technical Data: F1Res 30 CCP Pendent and Recessed Pendent/FP (SIN R3511) Thread Size Nominal Oriﬁ ce Inch (mm) Max. Pressure psi (bar) CCP Assembly Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp.K Factor Sprinkler Length Inch (mm)°F °C °F °C ½” NPT (R½)21/64” (8.2) 175 (12) 135 57 100 38 3.0 (43.2) 2.25 (57) Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (155°F/68°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 8 (30,3) 7.0 (0,48) Smooth Ceilings ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using CCP. ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using FP escutcheon. Beamed Ceilings per NFPA 13D, 13R or 13 installed in beams ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using CCP.½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using FP escutcheon. 8 (2,4) 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 11 (37,8) 13.4 (0,92) For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D Technical Data: F1Res 49 CCP Pendent and Recessed Pendent/FP (SIN 3516) Thread Size Nominal Oriﬁ ce Inch (mm) Max. Pressure psi (bar) CCP Assembly Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp. K Factor Sprinkler Length Inch (mm) °F °C °F °C ½” NPT (R½)7/16” (11) 175 (12) 135 57 100 38 4.9 (70.6) 2.25 (57) Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (155°F/68°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 13 (49) 7.0 (0,48)Smooth Ceilings ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using CCP. ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using FP escutcheon. Beamed Ceilings per NFPA 13D, 13R or 13 installed in beams ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using CCP. ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using FP escutcheon. 8 (2,4) 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 13 (49) 7.0 (0,48) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 14 (53) 8.2 (0,56) 18 x 18 (5,5 x 5,5) 18 (5,5) 18 (68,1) 13.5 (0,93) 20 x 20 (6,1 x 6,1) 20 (6,1) 20 (75,7) 16.7 (1,14) For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D Technical Data: F1Res 58 CCP Pendent and Recessed Pendent/FP (SIN R3513) Thread Size Nominal Oriﬁ ce Inch (mm) Max. Pressure psi (bar) CCP Assembly Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp.K Factor Sprinkler Length Inch (mm)°F °C °F °C ½” NPT (R½)1/2” (13) 175 (12) 135 57 100 38 5.8 (83.5) 2.25 (57) Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (155°F/68°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 16 (61) 7.6 (0,53) Smooth Ceilings ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using CCP. ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using FP escutcheon.Beamed Ceilings per NFPA 13D, 13R or 13 installed in beams ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using CCP. ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using FP escutcheon. 8 (2,4) 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 16 (61) 7.6 (0,53) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 16 (61) 7.6 (0,53) 18 x 18 (5,5 x 5,5) 18 (5,5) 19 (72) 10.8 (0,75) 20 x 20 (6,1 x 6,1) 20 (6,1) 22 (83,3) 14.4 (1,0) For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D 6. • Model F1 Res 44 & 58 HSW • Model F1 Res 44 & 58 Recessed HSW/F2 F2 escutcheon, 1/2” (13mm) adjustment Escutcheon, F2, Data: Type Adjustment Inch (mm) Face of Fitting to wall Inch (mm) F2 1/2 (13)3/16 - 11/16 (4.7 - 17.4) Fig. 5 Technical Data: F1Res 76 CCP Pendent and Recessed Pendent/FP (SIN R7618) Thread Size Nominal Oriﬁ ce Inch (mm) Max. Pressure psi (bar) CCP Assembly Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp.K Factor Sprinkler Length Inch (mm)°F °C °F °C 3/4” NPT (R3/4)17/32” (13.5) 175 (12) 135 57 100150 3866 7.6 (109) 2.25 (57) Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (155°F/68°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 21 (79,5) 7.6 (0,53) Smooth Ceilings ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using CCP. ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using FP escutcheon. Beamed Ceilings per NFPA 13D, 13R or 13 installed in beams ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using CCP. ½ to 1 (13 to 25.4) using FP escutcheon. 8 (2,4) 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 21 (79,5) 7.6 (0,53) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 21 (79,5) 7.6 (0,53) 18 x 18 (5,5 x 5,5) 18 (5,5) 22 (83,3) 8.4 (0,58) 20 x 20 (6,1 x 6,1) 20 (6,1) 25 (94,6) 10.8 (0,74) For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D Technical Data: F1Res 44 HSW & HSW/F2 (SIN R3531) Thread Size Nominal Oriﬁ ce Inch (mm) Max. Pressure psi (bar) Sprinkler Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp. K Factor Sprinkler Length Inch (mm)°F °C °F °C ½” NPT (R½)3/8” (10) 175 (12) 155 175 68 79 100 150 38 66 4.4 (63) 2.45 (62) 7. Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (155°F/68°C) Intermediate Temp. Rating (175°F/79°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 12 (45,4) 7.5 (0,52) 12 (45,4) 7.5 (0,52) 4 to 6 (100 to 152);½ (13) recessed using F2 escutcheon 8 (2,4) 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 14 (53,0) 10.2 (0,71) 14 (53,0) 10.2 (0,71) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 16 (60,6) 13.3 (0,92) 16 (60,6) 13.3 (0,92) 16 x 18 (4,9 x 5,5) 16 (4,9) 18 (68,1) 16.8 (0,53) 18 (68,1) 16.8 (0,53) 18 x 18 (5,5 x 5,5) 18 (5,5) 19 (72,0) 18.7 (1,29) 19 (72,0) 18.7 (1,29) 16 x 20 (4,9 x 6,1) 16 (4,9) 23 (87,1) 27.4 (1,89) 23 (87,1) 27.4 (1,89) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 14 (53,0) 10.2 (0,71) 14 (53,0) 10.2 (0,71) 6 to 12 (152 to 305); ½ (13) recessedusing F2 escutcheon 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 16 (60,6) 13.3 (0,92) 16 (60,6) 13.3 (0,92) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 17 (64,4) 15.0 (1,04) 17 (64,4) 15.0 (1,04) 16 x 18 (4,9 x 5,5) 16 (4,9) 20 (75,7) 20.7 (1,43) 20 (75,7) 20.7 (1,43) 16 x 20 (4,9 x 6,1) 16 (4,9) 23 (87,1) 27.4 (1,89) 23 (87,1) 27.4 (1,89) For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D Escutcheon, F2, Data: Type Adjustment Inch (mm) Face of Fitting to wall Inch (mm) F2 1/2 (13)3/16 - 11/16 (4.7 - 17.4) Technical Data: F1Res 58 HSW & HSW/F2 (SIN R3533) Thread Size Nominal Oriﬁ ce Inch (mm) Max. Pressure psi (bar) Sprinkler Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp. K Factor Sprinkler Length Inch (mm)°F °C °F °C ½” NPT (R½)1/2” (13) 175 (12) 155 175 68 79 100 150 38 66 5.8 (83.5) 2.45 (62) Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (155°F/68°C) Intermediate Temp. Rating (175°F/79°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 16 (60,6) 7.6 (0,53) 16 (60,6) 7.6 (0,53) 4 to 6 (100 to 152); ½ (13) recessed using F2 escutcheon 8 (2,4) 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 18 (68,2) 9.7 (0,69) 18 (68,2) 9.7 (0,69) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 21 (79,5) 13.2 (0,91) 21 (79,5) 13.2 (0,91) 16 x 18 (4,9 x 5,5) 16 (4,9) 25 (94,7) 18.6 (1,28) 25 (94,7) 18.6 (1,28) 16 x 20 (4,9 x 6,1) 16 (4,9) 29 (109,8) 25.0 (1,73) 29 (109,8) 25.0 (1,73) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 22 (83,3) 14.4 (1,0) 22 (83,3) 14.4 (1,0) 6 to 12 (152 to 305); ½ (13) recessed using F2 escutcheon 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 22 (83,3) 14.4 (1,0) 22 (83,3) 14.4 (1,0) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 26 (98,4) 20.1 (1,39) 26 (98,4) 20.1 (1,39) 16 x 18 (4,9 x 5,5) 16 (4,9) 31 (117,4) 28.6 (1,97) 31 (117,4) 28.6 (1,97) For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D • Model F1 Res 44 SWC* Fig. 6 Technical Data: F1Res 44 SWC (SIN R3531) Thread Size Nominal Oriﬁ ce Inch (mm) Max. Pressure psi (bar) Cover Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp. K Factor Sprinkler Length Inch (mm)°F °C °F °C ½” NPT (R½)3/8” (10) 175 (12) 135 57 100 38 4.4 (63) 2.45 (62) Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (155°F/68°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 13 (49,2) 8.7 (0,60) 4 to 6 (100 to 152);½ (13) recessed using F2 escutcheon 8 (2,4) 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 14 (53,0) 10.2 (0,71) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 17 (64,3) 15.0 (1,1) 16 x 18 (4,9 x 5,5) 16 (4,9) 19 (71,8) 18.7 (1,13) 16 x 20 (4,9 x 6,1) 16 (4,9) 23 (87,1) 27.4 (1,89) 12 x 12 (3,6 x 3,6) 12 (3,6) 14 (52,9) 10.2 (0,71) 6 to 12 (152 to 305); ½ (13) recessed using F2 escutcheon 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3) 14 (4,3) 15 (56,7) 11.7 (0,81) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9) 16 (4,9) 18 (68,1) 16.8 (1,16) 16 x 18 (4,9 x 5,5) 16 (4,9) 20 (75,6) 20.7 (1,43) For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D 8. * Not listed for corrosion resistance. 9. Technical Data: F1Res 58 HSWX (SIN RA3533) Thread Size Nominal Oriﬁ ce Inch (mm) Max. Pressure psi (bar) Sprinkler Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp. K Factor Sprinkler Length Inch (mm) Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN)°F °C °F °C Bulb ½” NPT (R½)1/2” (13) 175 (12) 155 175 68 79 100 150 38 66 5.8 (83.5) 2.45 (62) RA3533 Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (155°F/68°C) Intermediate Temp. Rating (175°F/79°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 18 x 20 (5,5 x 6,1) 18 (5,5) 30 (114) 26.8 (1,85) 30 (114) 26.8 (1,85) 4 to 6 (100 to 152);½ (13) recessed using F2 escutcheon 8 (2,4) 20 x 20 (6,1 x 6,1) 20 (6,1) 30 (114) 26.8 (1,85) 30 (114) 26.8 (1,85) 16 x 22 (4,9 x 7,3) 16 (4,9) 33 (125) 32.4 (2,23) 33 (125) 32.4 (2,23) 16 x 24 (4,9 x 7,3) 16 (4,9) 38 (144) 42.9 (2,96) 38 (144) 42.9 (2,96) 14 x 26 (4,3 x 7,9) 14 (4,3) 42 (160) 52.4 (3,75) 42 (160) 52.4 (3,75) 18 x 20 (5,5 x 6,1) 18 (5,5) 35 (133) 36.4 (2,5) 35 (133) 36.4 (2,5) 6 to 12 (152 to 305); ½ (13) recessed using F2 escutcheon 16 x 22 (4,9 x 6,7) 16 (4,9) 38 (144) 42.9 (2,96) 38 (144) 42.9 (2,96) 16 x 24 (4,9 x 7,3) 16 (4,9) 42 (160) 52.4 (3,6) 42 (160) 52.4 (3,6) 14 x 26 (4,3 x 7,9) 14 (4,3) 46 (174) 62.9 (4,34) 46 (174) 62.9 (4,34) For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D • Model F1 Res 58 HSWX (Bulb) • Model KRes58 HSWX (Link) Fig. 7 10. Maintenance Model F1 Res 30, 49, F1 Res 58, F1 Res 76 and F1 Res 44 Sprinklers should be inspected and the sprinkler sys- tem maintained in accordance with NFPA 25, 13, 13D, and 13R. Do not clean sprinkler with soap and water, Am- monia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by using a soft brush or gentle vacuuming. Remove any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should remain in the original cartons and packaging until used. This will minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that could cause improper operation or non-operation. Model F1 Res 30, 49 & 58 Pendent Sprinkler Speciﬁ cations Sprinklers shall be [cULus Listed] [New York City MEA Approved (258-93-E)] low flow residential pendent sprin- klers engineered to provide a minimum design density of 0.05 gpm/ft2 over the listed coverage area. Listed flows as specified by the manufacturer’s technical data sheets are to be used. Residential sprinklers shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer’s installation guide- lines and the applicable installation standard. Deflector- to-ceiling distance listing shall be 1” to 8” maximum, only for F1Res 49. Sprinkler frame and deflector shall be of bronze frame construction having a ½” NPT thread. Wa- ter seal assembly shall consist of a Teflon* coated Bel- leville spring washer with top-loaded extruded or cold head cup with 3 mm glass bulb containing no plastic parts, and having a temperature rating of [155°F (68°C)] [175°F (79°C)]. Sprinklers shall have a nominal K-factor of 3.0, 4.9 and 5.8. Standard finish: [Bronze] [Chrome- plated] [White Polyester] [Special finish– specify]. Resi- dential pendent sprinklers shall be Reliable Model F1 Res 30, 49 & 58, SIN R3511, R3516 & R3513 (Bulletin 135). Model F1 Res 49 & 58 Recessed Pendent/F1, Model F1 Res 30, 49 & 58 Recessed Pendent/ F2, Model F1 Res 30, 49 & 58 Recessed Pendent/ FP Sprinklers shall be [cULus Listed] [New York City MEA Approved (258-93-E)] low flow residential recessed pen- dent sprinklers engineered to provide a minimum design density of 0.05 gpm/ft2 over the listed coverage area. Listed flows as specified by the manufacturer’s technical data sheets are to be used. Residential sprinklers shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer’s in- stallation guidelines and the applicable installation stan- dard. Deflector-to-ceiling distance listing shall be 1” to 8” maximum, only for F1Res 49. Sprinkler frame and deflec- tor shall be of bronze frame construction having a ½” NPT thread. Water seal assembly shall consist of a Teflon* coated Belleville spring washer with top-loaded extruded Technical Data: KRes58 HSWX (RA3593) Thread Size Nominal Oriﬁ ce Inch (mm) Max. Pressure psi (bar) Max. Ambient Temp. K Factor Sprinkler Length Inch (mm) Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN)°F °C Link ½” NPT (R½)1/2” (13) 175 (12) 100 38 5.8 (83.5) 2.45 (62) RA3593 Max. Coverage area Ft x Ft (m x m) Max. Spacing Ft (m) Ordinary Temp. Rating (165°F/74°C)Top of Deﬂ ector to Ceiling Inch (mm) Minimum Spacing Ft (m)Flow GPM (L/min) Pressure PSI (bar) 18 x 20 (5,5 x 6,1) 18 (5,5) 29 (109) 25 (1,72) 4 to 6 (100 to 152);½ (13) recessed using F2 escutcheon 8 (2,4) 20 x 20 (6,1 x 6,1) 20 (6,1) 30 (114) 26.8 (1,85) 16 x 22 (4,9 x 7,3) 16 (4,9) 33 (125) 32.4 (2,23) 16 x 24 (4,9 x 7,3) 16 (4,9) 38 (144) 42.9 (2,96) 14 x 26 (4,3 x 7,9) 14 (4,3) 42 (160) 52.4 (3,75) 18 x 20 (5,5 x 6,1) 18 (5,5) 35 (133) 36.4 (2,5) 6 to 12 (152 to 305); ½ (13) Recessedusing F2 escutcheon 16 x 22 (4,9 x 6,7) 16 (4,9) 38 (144) 42.9 (2,96) 16 x 24 (4,9 x 7,3) 16 (4,9) 42 (160) 52.4 (3,6) 14 x 26 (4,3 x 7,9) 14 (4,3) 46 (174) 62.9 (4,34) For Ceiling types refer to NFPA 13, 13R or 13D *DuPont Registered Trademark 11. or cold head cup with 3 mm glass bulb containing no plastic parts, and having a temperature rating of [155°F (68°C)] [175°F (79°C)]. Sprinklers shall have a nomi- nal K-factor of 3.0, 4.9 & 5.8. Standard finish: [Bronze] [Chrome-plated] [White Polyester] [Special finish– spec- ify]. Recessed escutcheon assembly shall be a steel, two-piece escutcheon [with ½” adjustment (Model F2)] [with ¾” adjustment (Model F1)] [of push-on and thread off design with ½” adjustment (Model FP)]. Standard fin- ish shall be [brass][bright chrome] [white painted]. Resi- dential recessed pendent sprinklers shall be Reliable [Model F1 Res 30, 49 & 58 Recessed Pendent/F1] [Model F1 Res 30, 49 & 58 Recessed Pendent/F2] [Model F1 Res 30, 49 & 58 Recessed Pendent/FP] SIN R3511, R3516 & R3513 (Bulletin 135). Model F1 Res 30, 49 & 58 CCP Pendent (Concealed) Sprinklers shall be [cULus Listed] [New York City MEA Approved (258-93-E)] low flow residential concealed sprinklers engineered to provide a minimum design den- sity of 0.05 gpm/ft2 over the listed coverage area. Listed flows as specified by the manufacturer’s technical data sheets are to be used. Residential sprinklers shall be in- stalled in conformance with the manufacturer’s installa- tion guidelines and the applicable installation standard. Sprinkler frame and deflector shall be of bronze frame construction having a ½” NPT thread. Water seal as- sembly shall consist of a Teflon* coated Belleville spring washer with top-loaded extruded or cold head cup with 3 mm glass bulb containing no plastic parts, and having a temperature rating of 155°F (68°C). Cover plate assem- bly shall consist of a brass cover plate and copper alloy retainer flange. Method of attaching the cover plate to the sprinkler cup shall be a push-on and thread-off design allowing a ½” cover plate adjustment. Cover plate tem- perature rating shall be 135°F (57°C). A plastic protec- tive cap shall be provided and factory installed inside the sprinkler cup to protect the sprinkler from damage, which could occur during construction before the cover plate is installed. Standard cover plate finish: [White] [Custom Color– specify]. ]. Concealed pendent sprinklers shall be Reliable Model F1 Res 30, 49 & 58 CCP, SIN R3511, R3516 & R3513 (Bulletin 135). Model F1 Res 44, F1 Res 58 Horizontal Sidewall, F1 Res 58 HSWX & KRes58 HSWX Residential Sprinkler Speciﬁ cations Sprinklers shall be [cULus Listed] low flow residential horizontal sidewall sprinklers engineered to provide a minimum design density of 0.05 gpm/ft2 over the listed coverage area. Listed flows as specified by the manu- facturer’s technical data sheets are to be used. Residen- tial sprinklers shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer’s installation guidelines and the applicable installation standard. Sprinkler frame and deflector shall be of bronze frame construction having a ½” NPT thread. Water seal assembly shall consist of a Teflon* coated Bel- leville spring washer with top-loaded extruded or cold head cup with 3 mm glass bulb containing no plastic parts, and having a temperature rating of [155°F (68°C)] [175°F (79°C)]. The solder element (Link) version, the water seal consist of a cap with a bellville spring washer and a temperature rating of 165°F (74°C). The recessed assembly forthe HSWX (Bulb & Link) should be a steel two pieces escutcheon with 1/2” adjustment (Model F2) standard finish should be Bright Chrome and white paint- ed. The F1 Res 58 HSW is also available with low lead frame. F1 Res 58 HSW and HSWX sprinklers shall have a nominal K Factor of 5.8 and F1 Res 44 a nominal K factor of 4.4. Standard finish: [Bronze] [Chrome-plated] [White Polyester] [Special finish– specify]. Residential horizontal sidewall sprinklers shall be Reliable Model F1 Res 44, F1 Res 58, F1 Res 58 HSWX & Model KRes58 HSWX, SIN R3531, RA3533 & RA3593 (Bulletin 135). Model F1 Res 44 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Use description for the Model F1 Res 44 horizontal side- wall sprinkler with the following modifications: Replace “horizontal sidewall sprinkler” with “recessed horizontal sprinkler.” Add: Recessed escutcheon assembly shall be a steel, two-piece escutcheon with ½” adjustment (Model F2). Standard finish shall be [brass][bright chrome] [white painted] [Special finish– specify]. Residential recessed horizontal sidewall sprinklers shall be Reliable Model F1 Res 44/F2, SIN R3531 (Bulletin 135). Model F1 Res 76 Pendent Sprinklers shall be [cULus Listed] low flow residential pendent sprinklers engineered to provide a minimum design density of 0.05 gpm/ft2 over the listed coverage area. Listed flows as specified by the manufacturer’s technical data sheets are to be used. Residential sprin- klers shall be installed in conformance with the manufac- turer’s installation guidelines and the applicable installa- tion standard. Sprinkler frame and deflector shall be of bronze frame construction having a ¾” NPT thread. Wa- ter seal assembly shall consist of a Teflon* coated Bel- leville spring washer with machined or cold head cup with 3 mm glass bulb containing no plastic parts, and having a temperature rating of [155°F (68°C)] [175°F (79°C)]. Sprinklers shall have a nominal K-factor of 7.6. Standard finish: [Bronze] [Chrome-plated] [White Polyester] [Spe- cial finish– specify]. Residential pendent sprinklers shall be Reliable Model F1 Res 76, SIN R7618 (Bulletin 135). *DuPont Registered Trademark Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.(800) 431-1588 Sales Offices (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address Manufactured by Recycled Paper Revision lines indicate updated or new data. EG. Printed in U.S.A. 07/14 P/N 9999970235 The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 90 years, and are installed and serviced by the most highly qualified and reputable sprinkler contractors located throughout the United States, Canada and foreign countries. a temperature rating of 155°F (68°C). Cover plate assem- bly shall consist of a brass cover plate and copper alloy retainer flange. Method of attaching the cover plate to the sprinkler cup shall be a push-on and thread-off design allowing a ½” cover plate adjustment. Cover plate tem- perature rating shall be 135°F (57°C). A plastic protec- tive cap shall be provided and factory installed inside the sprinkler cup to protect the sprinkler from damage, which could occur during construction before the cover plate is installed. Standard cover plate finish: [White] [Custom Color– specify]. ]. Concealed pendent sprinklers shall be Reliable Model F1 Res 76 CCP, SIN R7618 (Bulletin 135). Finishes (1) Standard Finishes Sprinkler F1, F2, FP Escutcheons Cover Plates Bronze Chrome Plated White and Black Polyester(2) Coated Brass Bright Chrome Plated White Painted White Painted Chrome Special Application Finishes Sprinkler F1, F2, FP Escutcheons Electroless Nickel PTFE(Teflon®)(2) Bright Brass Black PlatedBlack Paint Off White Chrome Dull Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®) Bright Brass Black PlatedBlack Paint Off White Chrome Dull (1) Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult factory for details. (2) cULus listed Corrosion Resistant Note: Paint or any other coating applied over the factory finish will void all approvals and warranties. Ordering Information Specify: 1. Sprinkler Model 2. Sprinkler Type 3. Temperature Rating 4. Sprinkler Finish 5. Escutcheon Finish 6. Cover Plate Finish Model F1 Res 76 Recessed Pendent/F1, Model F1 Res 76 Recessed Pendent/F2, Model F1 Res 76 Recessed Pendent/FP Sprinklers shall be [cULus Listed] low flow residential recessed pendent sprinklers engineered to provide a minimum design density of 0.05 gpm/ft2 over the listed coverage area. Listed flows as specified by the manu- facturer’s technical data sheets are to be used. Residen- tial sprinklers shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer’s installation guidelines and the applicable installation standard. Sprinkler frame and deflector shall be of bronze frame construction having a ¾” NPT thread. Water seal assembly shall consist of a Teflon* coated Bel- leville spring washer with machined or cold head cup with 3 mm glass bulb containing no plastic parts, and hav- ing a temperature rating of [155°F (68°C)] [175°F (79°C)]. Sprinklers shall have a nominal K-factor of 7.6. Standard finish: [Bronze] [Chrome-plated] [White Polyester] [Spe- cial finish– specify]. Recessed escutcheon assembly shall be a steel, two-piece escutcheon [with ½” adjust- ment (Model F2)] [with ¾” adjustment (Model F1)] [of push-on and thread off design with ½” adjustment (Mod- el FP)]. Standard finish shall be [brass][bright chrome] [white painted]. Residential recessed pendent sprinklers shall be Reliable [Model F1 Res 76 Recessed Pendent/ F1] [Model F1 Res 76 Recessed Pendent/F2] [Model F1 Res 76 Recessed Pendent/FP] SIN R7618 (Bulletin 135). Model F1 Res 76 CCP Pendent (Concealed) Sprinklers shall be [cULus Listed] low flow residential concealed sprinklers engineered to provide a minimum design density of 0.05 gpm/ft2 over the listed coverage area. Listed flows as specified by the manufacturer’s technical data sheets are to be used. Residential sprin- klers shall be installed in conformance with the manufac- turer’s installation guidelines and the applicable installa- tion standard. Sprinkler frame and deflector shall be of bronze frame construction having a ¾” NPT thread. Wa- ter seal assembly shall consist of a Teflon* coated Bel- leville spring washer with machined or cold head cup with 3 mm glass bulb containing no plastic parts, and having *DuPont Registered Trademark Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Model F3QR Quick Response Dry Sprinklers Bulletin 157 Rev. KBulletin 157 Rev. K Features 1. The Model F3QR sprinkler utilizes Belleville Spring Closure Technology. Reliable is the first in the industry to produce a Quick Response Dry Concealed sprin-kler utilizing this technology.2. Styles available • Pendent • Recessed FP Pendent• Recessed F1 Pendent • Concealed• Horizontal Sidewall • Recessed FP Horizontal Sidewall • Recessed F1 Horizontal Sidewall3. 1½” (38mm) escutcheon adjustment on pendent sprinkler. 4. ½” (13mm) escutcheon adjustment on recessed sprin-kler with push-on/ thread-off FP Model Escutcheon ring.5. 3/8” (9.5mm) cover plate adjustment on concealed sprinkler with push-on/ thread-off CCP Cover Plate.6. 3/4” (19mm) escutcheon adjustment on recessed sprinkler with F1 Escutcheon.7. Attractive appearance. Employs 3mm frangible glass bulb and galvanized nipple. 8. Lengths available to accommodate installation di-mensions from 2” - to - 48” (51mm - to - 1219mm), in ¼” (6mm) increments. See specific styles for correct “A” dimension range.9. Available in a variety of plated and painted finishes.10. Polyester Coated or Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Plated Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers. *Concealed Sprinkler is not corrosion resistance. US Patent Numbers 5,775,431 and 5,967,240. Other US Patents pending. Approvals 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and UL Certified for Canada (cULus) Style Response Sprinkler System Type Hazard Pendent Recessed FP PendentRecessed F1 Pendent CCP Concealed (R5714) Quick Wet PipeDry Pipe All Preaction Light Ordinary Horizontal SidewallRecessed Horizontal Sidewall F1 & FP (R5734) Quick Wet PipeDry Pipe All Preaction Light 2. Certified by FM Approvals Style Response Sprinkler System Type Hazard Pendent Recessed F1 Pendent (R5714) Quick Wet Pipe Dry Pipe All Preaction Light Ordinary, Groups 1&2 Horizontal SidewallRecessed F1 Horizontal Sidewall (R5734) Quick Wet PipeDry Pipe All Preaction Light 3. NYC MEA 258-93-E Concealed (See Fig. 4) Recessed FP Pendent (See Fig. 3) Recessed F1 Horizontal Sidewall (See Fig. 9) Horizontal Sidewall (See Fig. 6) Pendent (See Fig. 1) Recessed F1 Pendent (See Fig. 5) Recessed FP Horizontal Sidewall (See Fig. 8) Pendent / HB (See Fig. 2) Horizontal Sidewall / HB (See Fig. 7) *DuPont Registered Trademark 2. Model F3QR Dry Pendent Sprinkler “A” Dim.2” to 48” (51mm to 1219mm) in ¼” (6mm) increments Finishes(1) Sprinkler Escutcheon Electroless Nickel PTFE(Teflon®)*(4) Bronze Chrome White Polyester (2) Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Brass (3) Chrome White (1) Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult factory for details. (2) cULus Listed as a Corrosion Resistant sprinkler in standard Black or White. (3) Not available for HB escutcheons. (4) cULus listed Corrosion Resistant Note: The sprinkler can protrudes ¼” when escutcheon is in nominal position. Escutcheon adjustment provides -¼” (-6mm) to +1¼” (+32mm) “A” dimension adjustment range. Fig. 1 *DuPont Registered Trademark Sprinkler Guard: Model C-2 Sprinkler Installation Wrench: Model F3 Sprinkler Wrench Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN): R5714 Note: The sprinkler can protrudes 1¼” when escutcheon is in nominal position. Escutcheon adjustment provides -½” (-12.7mm) to +½” (+12.7mm) “A” dimension adjustment range. Fig. 2 Model F3QR Dry Pendent w/HB Escutcheon “A” Dim.3½” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in ¼” (6mm) increments Standard Temperature Ratings Classiﬁ cation Sprinkler Temperature Rating Max. Ambient Temp.Bulb Color Ordinary Ordinary Intermediate (1) IntermediateHigh 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C)286°F (141°C) 100°F (38°C) 100°F (38°C) 150°F (66°C) 150°F (66°C)225°F (107°C) Orange Red Yellow GreenBlue (1) Listed and Certiﬁ ed only by cULus. Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Plated sprinklers, escutcheons and cups are recommended for exterior applications. Sprinkler Guard: Model C-2 Sprinkler Installation Wrench: Model F3 Sprinkler Wrench Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN): R5714 3. *DuPont Registered Trademark Model F3QR Dry Recessed FP Pendent Sprinkler “A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in ¼” (6mm) increments Finishes(1) Sprinkler Escutcheon Electroless Nickel PTFE(Teflon®)*(3) BronzeChrome White Polyester (2) Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)*(4) BrassChrome White (1) Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult factory for details. Cup remainds unfinished. Only the escutcheon will contain desired finish.(2) cULus Listed as a Corrosion Resistant sprinkler in standard Black or White.(3) cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant Sprinkler. (4) Cup and Escutcheon Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Plated. Note: Do not install the Model F3QR Dry Recessed FP Pendent Sprinkler in ceilings which have positive pressure in space above. Fig. 3 Sprinkler Installation Wrench: Model XLO2 Sprinkler Wrench Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN): R5714 *DuPont Registered Trademark 4. Standard Temperature Ratings Classiﬁ cation Sprinkler Temperature Rating Max. Ambient Temp. Bulb Color Ordinary Ordinary Intermediate (1) Intermediate High (1) 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C)200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) 100°F (38°C) 100°F (38°C) 150°F (66°C)150°F (66°C) 225°F (107°C) Orange Red YellowGreen Blue Sprinkler cup and FP Escutcheon fabricated of steel and recommended for interior applications. (1) Listed and Certiﬁ ed only by cULus. 5. Model F3QR Dry Pendent Concealed Sprinkler “A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in ¼” (6mm) increments CCP Cover Plate (1) Finishes (2) Standard Finishes Special Application Finishes Chrome Plated White Bright Brass Plated Black Plated Black PaintOff White Satin Chrome (1) Utilizes the 1/2” cover plate with 3/8” total adjustment. (2) Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult factory for details. Note: Do not install the Model F3QR Dry Concealed Pendent Sprinkler in ceilings which have positive pressure in the space above. Fig. 4 *DuPont Registered Trademark Sprinkler Installation Wrench: Model XLO2 Sprinkler Wrench Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN): R5714 Standard Temperature Ratings Classiﬁ cation Sprinkler Temperature Rating Cover Plate Temp. Rating Max. Ambient Temp. Ordinary Ordinary Intermediate (1) Intermediate High (1) 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) 135°F (57°C) 135°F (57°C) 165°F (74°C) 165°F (74°C) 165°F (74°C) 100°F (38°C) 100°F (38°C) 150°F (66°C) 150°F (66°C) 150°F (66°C) Sprinkler cup fabricated of steel and CCP Cover Plate fabricated of brass and recommended for interior applications. (1) Listed and Certiﬁ ed only by cULus. Model F3QR Dry Recessed F1 Pendent Sprinkler “A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in ¼” (6mm) increments Finishes (1) Sprinkler Escutcheon Collar Electroless Nickel PTFE(Teflon®)*(3) Chrome White Polyester(2) Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Chrome White Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Chrome White (1) Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult factory for details. (2) cULus Listed as a Corrosion Resistant sprinkler in standard Black or White. (3) cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant Sprinkler. Standard Temperature Ratings Classiﬁ cation Sprinkler Temperature Rating Max. Ambient Temp. Bulb Color Ordinary Ordinary Intermediate (1) IntermediateHigh (1) 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C)286°F (141°C) 100°F (38°C) 100°F (38°C) 150°F (66°C) 150°F (66°C) 225°F (107°C) Orange Red Yellow GreenBlue (1) Listed and Certiﬁ ed only by cULus. Fig. 5 Sprinkler Installation Wrench: Model XLO2 Sprinkler Wrench Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN): R5714 6. *DuPont Registered Trademark 7. *DuPont Registered Trademark Model F3QR Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler “A” Dim.2” to 48” (51mm to 1219mm) in ¼” (6mm) increments Finishes(1) Sprinkler Escutcheon Electroless Nickel PTFE(Teflon®)*(4) Bronze Chrome White Polyester (2) Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Brass (3) Chrome White (1) Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult factory for details. (2) cULus Listed as a Corrosion Resistant sprinkler in standard Black or White.(3) Not available for HB escutcheons. (4) cULus listed Corrosion Resistant Note: The sprinkler can protrudes ¼” when escutcheon is in nominal position. Escutcheon adjustment provides -¼” (-6mm) to +1¼” (+32mm) “A” dimension adjustment range. Fig. 6 Sprinkler Installation Wrench: Model F3 Sprinkler Wrench Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN): R5734 Note: The sprinkler can protrudes 1¼” when escutcheon is in nominal position. Escutcheon adjustment provides -½” (-12.7mm) to +½” (+12.7mm) “A” dimension adjustment range. Fig. 7 Model F3QR Dry HSW w/HB Escutcheon “A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in ¼” (6mm) increments Standard Temperature Ratings Classiﬁ cation Sprinkler Temperature Rating Max. Ambient Temp. Bulb Color Ordinary Ordinary Intermediate (1) Intermediate High (1) 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) 100°F (38°C) 100°F (38°C) 150°F (66°C) 150°F (66°C) 225°F (107°C) Orange Red Yellow Green Blue (1) Listed and Certiﬁ ed only by cULus. Sprinkler Installation Wrench: Model F3 Sprinkler Wrench Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN): R5734 8. *DuPont Registered Trademark 9. *DuPont Registered Trademark Model F3QR Dry Recessed FP Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler “A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in ¼” (6mm) increments • Listed by cULus for Quick Response. Approved by FM for Standard Response. • Recessed Horizontal sidewall sprinklers are listed with cULus for installation of min. 4” (100mm) - to - max. 6” (150mm) below ceiling and ap- proved by FM for installation of min. 4” (100mm) - to - max. 12” (300mm) below ceiling. Notes: Do not install the Model F3QR Dry Recessed FP Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler in walls which have positive pressure in their side space. Fig. 8 Sprinkler Installation Wrench: Model XLO2 Sprinkler Wrench Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN): R5734 Finishes (1) Sprinkler Escutcheon Electroless Nickel PTFE(Teflon®)*(3) Bronze Chrome White Polyester (2) Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)*(4) Brass Chrome White (1) Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult factory for details. Cup remainds unfinished. “See page 2” (2) cULus Listed as a Corrosion Resistant sprinkler in standard Black or White. (3) cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant Sprinkler. (4) Sprinkler’s can and FP Escutcheon Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Plated recommended for exterior applications. Standard Temperature Ratings Classiﬁ cation Sprinkler Temperature Rating Max. Ambient Temp. Bulb Color Ordinary Ordinary Intermediate(1) Intermediate High (1) 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C)200°F (93°C) 286°F (141°C) 100°F (38°C) 100°F (38°C) 150°F (66°C)150°F (66°C) 225°F (107°C) Orange Red YellowGreen Blue (1) Listed and Certiﬁ ed only by cULus. *DuPont Registered Trademark “A” Dim.31/2” to 48” (89mm to 1219mm) in ¼” (6mm) increments Finishes (1) Sprinkler Escutcheon Collar Electroless Nickel PTFE(Teflon®)*(3) Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Electroless Nickel PTFE (Teflon®)* Chrome Chrome Chrome White Polyester(2)White White (1) Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult factory for details. (2) cULus Listed as a Corrosion Resistant sprinkler in standard Black or White. (3) cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant Sprinkler. • Listed by cULus & Approved by FM for Quick Response. • Recessed Horizontal sidewall sprinklers are listed with cULus for installation of min. 4” (100mm) - to - max. 6” (150mm) below ceiling and approved by FM for installation of min. 4” (100mm) - to - max. 12” (300mm) below ceil- ing. Fig. 9 Model F3QR Dry Recessed F1 Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Sprinkler Installation Wrench: Model XLO2 Sprinkler Wrench Sprinkler Identiﬁ cation Number (SIN): R5734 10. Standard Temperature Ratings Classiﬁ cation Sprinkler Temperature Rating Max. Ambient Temp. Bulb Color Ordinary Ordinary Intermediate (1) IntermediateHigh (1) 135°F (57°C) 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C)286°F (141°C) 100°F (38°C) 100°F (38°C) 150°F (66°C) 150°F (66°C) 225°F (107°C) Orange Red Yellow GreenBlue (1) Listed and Certiﬁ ed only by cULus. 11. Technical Data: Orifice Size: ½” (15mm) Thread Size: 1” NPT per ANSI B2.1 Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Nominal K Factor - US / (Metric): 5.6 / (80) Product Description Reliable Model F3QR Dry Sprinklers are quick response sprinklers utilizing a durable 3mm frangible glass bulb. This quick response enables these sprinklers to apply water to a fire much sooner than standard response sprinklers of the similar temperature rating. Model F3QR Dry Sprinklers are intended for use in dry and preaction systems and in areas subjected to freezing tem- peratures, such as freezers and unheated portions inside and outside buildings. Environments wherein dry sprinklers are employed can be corrosive. For this reason, Model F3 Sprinklers have a special wax fillet placed in the gap between the cup that supports the bulb and the wrenching boss. This wax will not interfere with the operation of the sprinkler, and it prevents contaminents from entering the internal portion of the drop nipple. The wax must not be removed. Operation The glass bulb consists of an accurately controlled amount of special fluid hermetically sealed inside a precisely manu- factured glass capsule. This glass bulb is specially con- structed to provide fast thermal response. When the tem- perature increases sufficiently, due to a fire, the bulb shatters allowing operating parts to clear the waterway. This enables the inlet seal to release air or water and subsequently, cause water flow over the deflector in a uniform spray pattern, con- trolling or extinguishing the fire. Ordering Information Specify: 1. Sprinkler Type (select one): (a) Model F3QR Dry Pendent (b) Model F3QR Dry Pendent/HB (c) Model F3QR Dry Recessed FP Pendent (d) Model F3QR Dry Recessed F1 Pendent (e) Model F3QR Dry Concealed Pendent (f) Model F3QR Dry Horizontal Sidewall (g) Model F3QR Dry Horizontal Sidewall/HB (h) Model F3QR Dry Recessed FP Horizontal Sidewall - UL (i) Model F3QR Dry Recessed F1 Horizontal Sidewall - UL & FM 2. Sprinkler Temperature Rating. 3. Sprinkler Finish. 4. Escutcheon type (F1 or FP). 5. Cover Plate/Escutcheon Finish. 6. Length: “A” Dimension (face of tee to face of ceiling or wall) in ¼” (6mm) increments. 7. Model F3QR Dry Pendent (a) is available without sprinkler can and escutcheon. Note: 1. The “A” dimension is based on a nominally gauged pipe thread “make-up” of 0.600” (15mm) per ANSI B2.1 [7½ threads approximately]. 2. All platings and paintings are decorative and intend- ed for interior use. General Installation Instructions Model F3QR dry sprinklers must be installed only in stan- dard (ANSI B 16.3 class 150 and ANSI B 16.4 class 125) pipe tees in the horizontal position, even at branch line ends. They should not be installed into elbows or pipe couplings located on drop nipples to the sprinklers. For these and other fittings including CPVC, the dry sprinkler should be installed into a fitting to allow protrusion into the fitting in accordance with the diagrams. The “A” dimension of the dry sprinkler, which extends into the freezers or a freezing zone from wet pipe systems, should be selected to provide, as a minimum, the specified lengths in inches shown in Fig. 10. Caution: Do not install Model F3QR Dry sprinklers into CPVC adapt- er fittings or tees that have an internal obstruction. This will damage the sprinkler and /or the fitting. Refer to Fig. 11. During installation, the following steps must be followed: 1. Cut the specified size hole (see illustrations) for the sprin- kler in the ceiling or wall directly in line with the tee. 2. Apply pipe joint compound to the 1” (25mm) pipe threads and install sprinkler using the Model F3 or XLO2 Sprinkler Wrench as specified1. 3. Install the Model FP push-on / thread-off escutcheon or CCP cover plate if required. Note: Installation of the Model F3QR Sprinklers is not recom- mended in copper pipe systems, as this may reduce the life expectancy of the sprinklers. Model F3QR Concealed and Recessed In- stallation Instructions • The Model XLO2 wrench (Fig. 12) is designed to lo- cate on the wrenching pads of the recessed sprin- kler while centering in the cup1. A standard ½” drive ratchet may be used to drive this wrench. Fig. 13 and Fig. 14 show sequentially the insertion of the wrench. First the wrench, with its jaws above the sprinkler de- flector, is moved laterally until centered with the cup. Then raise the wrench inside of the cup until its jaws engage the sprinkler’s square wrenching pads (Fig. 14). To remove the wrench, follow this procedure in reverse order. Care should be taken to avoid striking the deflector, with the wrench. • Model F3 Wrench (Fig. 15) is used for installation of Pendent and Horizontal Sidewall sprinklers1. 1 Installation Wrenches: Throughout this technical bulletin, Reliable has specified specific installation wrenches for use on each version of our sprinklers. A pipe wrench may also be used to install a dry sprinkler provided that it only interfaces with the steel outer tube of the assembly (Item #8 on fig 16). Keep in mind that a pipe wrench will incorporate a large amount of torque into the final assembly. This torque will have to be matched or exceeded upon the sprinkler’s removal at a later date. 12. Fig. 10 13. Fig. 11 14. Fig. 13 - XLO2 Wrench Fig. 15 - F3 Wrench Fig. 14 - XLO2 WrenchFig. 12 - XLO2 Wrench • Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors to minimize bulb damage during shipping, handling and installation. REMOVE THIS PROTECTION AT THE TIME THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS PLACED IN SER- VICE FOR FIRE PROTECTION. Removal of the pro- tectors before this time may leave the bulb vulnerable to damage. RASCO wrenches are designed to install sprinklers when covers are in place. REMOVE PRO- TECTORS BY UNDOING THE CLASP BY HAND. DO NOT USE TOOLS TO REMOVE THE PROTECTORS. Maintenance The Model F3QR Quick Response Dry Sprinklers should be inspected and the sprinkler system maintained in accor- dance with NFPA 25. Do not remove the factory applied thermally sensitive wax fillet between the bulb supporting cup and the wrenching boss. Do not replace this wax with a substitute substance. An Alternate substance may interfere with proper operation of the sprinkler. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by using a soft brush or gently vacuuming. Remove any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging until used to minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would cause improper operation or non- operation. 15. ITEM # DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION 1 FRAME BRASS PER UNS C83600 2 DEFLECTOR BRONZE PER UNS C51000 3 LOAD SCREW BRASS PER UNS C22000 4 SEAT ADAPTOR BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C36000 5 BULB INSERT COPPER ALLOY PER UNS C331400 6 GLASS BULB GLASS W/GLYCERIN SOLUTION 7 ORIFICE ADAPTOR BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C36000 8 OUTER TUBE GALVANIZED STEEL 9 INNER TUBE BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C23000 10 YOKE BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C38000 11 INLET BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C35330 12 CAP BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C54400 13 SPRING WASHER/SEAL TEFLON COATED BERYLLIUM NICKEL 14 FLIP DISK BRASS ALLOY PER UNS C54400 15 CAN/ESCUTCHEON PAINTED OR PLATED MILD STEEL Fig. 16 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (800) 431-1588 Sales Offices (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address Manufactured by RecycledPaper Revision lines indicate updated or new data. EG. Printed in U.S.A. 02/15 P/N 9999970175 The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 90 years, and are installed and serviced by the most highly qualified and reputable sprinkler contractors located throughout the United States, Canada and foreign countries. • Automatic sprinklers • Flush automatic sprinklers • Recessed automatic sprinklers • Concealed automatic sprinklers • Adjustable automatic sprinklers • Dry automatic sprinklers • Intermediate level sprinklers • Open sprinklers • Spray nozzles • Alarm valves • Retarding chambers • Dry pipe valves • Accelerators for dry pipe valves • Mechanical sprinkler alarms • Electrical sprinkler alarm switches • Water flow detectors • Deluge valves • Detector check valves • Check valves • Electrical system • Sprinkler emergency cabinets • Sprinkler wrenches • Sprinkler escutcheons and guards • Inspectors test connections • Sight drains • Ball drips and drum drips • Control valve seals • Air maintenance devices • Air compressors • Pressure gauges • Identification signs • Fire department connection Reliable offers a wide selection of sprinkler components. Following are some of the many precision-made Reliable products that guard life and property from fire around the clock. Reliable...For Complete Protection 90G-21 90A-21 MODELS • U.L. Listed, ULC Listed, MEA Approved • Globe or Angle Pattern • Proven Reliable Design • Available in Cast Bronze, Ductile Iron and Cast Steel • Accurate Pressure Control • In Line Service • Grooved Ends (1 1/2” - 8”) Cla-Val 90G-21 (globe) and 90A-21 (angle) Pressure Re- ducing Valves are indispensable in any fire protection sys- tem. Our diaphragm actuated design is proven highly reliable and easy to maintain. We offer both a globe or angle pattern with a full range of adjustments. These valves are also avail- able in a variety of material options. Epoxy coating is strongly recommended for all fire system valves (excluding bronze valves). The 90G-21 and 90A-21 can be supplied with optional internal and external epoxy coating of the main valve wetted surfaces. Function Special System Water Control Valves – Class II UL Product Category VLMT – File No. Ex 2534 90-21 UL Listed Fire Protection Valve 90-21 UL Listed Grooved End Fire Protection Valve INLET OUTLET 4 1 3 2 Schematic Diagram Item Description 1 Model 100-01 Hytrol (Globe or Angle) 2 X58C Restriction Tube Fitting 3 CRD Pressure Reducing Control 4 X46A Flow Clean Strainer Cla-Val 90G-21 (globe) and 90A-21 (angle) Pressure Re- ducing Valves automatically reduce a higher inlet pressure to a steady lower outlet pressure regardless of changing flow rate and/or varying inlet pressure. The valves pilot con- trol system is very sensitive to slight downstream pressure fluctuations, and will automatically open or close to maintain the desired pressure setting. The downstream pressure can be set over a wide range by turning the adjustment screw on the CRD pilot control. The adjustment screw is protected by a screw-on cover, which can be sealed to discourage tampering. Typical Application Underwriters Laboratories requires the installation of pressure gauges upstream and downstream of the Pressure Reducing Valve. A relief valve of not less than 1/2 inch in size must also be installed on the downstream side of the pressure control valve. Adequate drainage for the relief valve discharge must be provided. 90-21 UL Listed Pressure Reducing Valves Fire Protection Pressure Reducing Valve MEA Approved UL / ULC Listings Size Ductile Iron 150# F Ductile Iron 300# S Ductile Iron 300 # F Bronze 300# Threaded Bronze 150# F Bronze 300# F Cast Steel 300# F Globe Pattern Ductile Iron Grooved End Angle Pattern Ductile Iron Grooved End 1 1/2''UL / ULC UL / ULC UL / ULC UL / ULC UL / ULC 2''UL / ULC UL / ULC UL / ULC UL / ULC ULC ULC UL / ULC UL / ULC 2 1/2''UL / ULC ULC UL / ULC UL / ULC ULC ULC UL 3''UL / ULC UL / ULC UL / ULC UL / ULC ULC ULC UL / ULC UL / ULC 4''UL / ULC UL / ULC ULC ULC UL / ULC UL / ULC 6''UL / ULC UL / ULC UL / ULC ULC 8''UL / ULC UL / ULC UL / ULC 10''ULC ULC Dimensions PO Box 1325 Newport Beach CA 92659-0325 Phone: 949-722-4800 Fax: 949-548-5441 Web Site: cla-val.com E-mail: claval@cla-val.com CLA-VAL CLA-VAL CANADA CLA-VAL EUROPE 4687 Christie Drive Beamsville, Ontario Canada L0R 1B4 Phone: 905-563-4963 Fax: 905-563-4040 E-Mail: sales@cla-val.ca Chemin des Mésanges 1 CH-1032 Romanel/ Lausanne, Switzerland Phone: 41-21-643-15-55 Fax: 41-21-643-15-50 E-Mail: cla-val@cla-val.ch Copyright CLA-VAL 2015 Printed in USA Specifications subject to change without notice. CLA-VAL UK Dainton House, Goods Station Road GB - Tunbridge Wells Kent TN1 2 DH England Phone: 44-1892-514-400 Fax: 44-1892-543-423 E-Mail: info@cla-val.co.uk © Valve Size Flow Rate (GPM of Water) 11⁄2" 2" 21⁄2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 160 262 373 576 992 2251 3900 6150 Flow Capacity Table Selection Guidelines 1. Model Number 90-21 2. Size 3. Globe or Angle Pattern 4. Main Valve Body and Cover Material 5. Threaded, Flanged or Grooved 6. Pressure Class 7. Optional Epoxy Coating (specify w/suffix KC) When Ordering Please Specify E-90G-21 (R-01/2015) D G C B A AA AAA SPECIAL NOTE: THE MODEL 90-21 CAN BE SUPPLIED WITH INTERNAL EPOXY COATING OF THE MAIN VALVE. THIS OPTION IS U.L. FILE NO. EX2855, C.C. NO. HNFX EPOXY COATING IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED FOR ALL CAST VALVES. F FFF FF E EE EEE GG (MAX) DD PRESSURE REDUCING CONTROL ADJUSTMENT; TURN THE ADJUSTING STEM CLOCKWISE TO INCREASE THE SETTING CC BB AAAA (MAX) OUTLETINLET 4" SIZE SHOWN FFFF EEEE OUTLET INLET Note: The Actual Capacity is limited by available DP. Valve Size (Inches)1 1/2 22 1/2 346810 A Threaded 7.25 9.38 11.00 12.50 ———— AA 150 ANSI 8.50 9.38 11.00 12.00 15.00 20.00 25.38 29.75 AAA 300 ANSI 9.00 10.00 11.62 13.25 15.62 21.00 26.38 31.12 AAAA Grooved End 8.50 9.00 11.00 12.50 15.00 20.00 25.38 — B 1.12 1.50 1.69 2.56 3.19 4.31 5.31. 9.25 BB Grooved End 2.00 2.50 2.88 3.12 4.25 6.00 7.56 — C Max.5.50 6.50 7.56 8.19 10.62 13.38 16.00 17.12 CC Max. Grooved End 4.10 5.00 6.88 6.50 8.80 11.10 14.50 — D 2.81 3.31 4.40 4.56 5.75 7.88 10.00 11.81 DD Grooved End 2.81 3.31 4.40 4.56 5.75 7.88 10.00 — E Threaded 3.25 4.75 5.50 6.25 ———— EE 150 ANSI 4.00 4.75 5.50 6.00 7.50 10.00 12.75 14.88 EEE 300 ANSI 4.25 5.00 5.88 6.38 7.88 10.50 13.25 15.56 EEEE Grooved End — 4.75 — 6.00 7.50 — — — F Threaded 1.88 3.25 4.00 4.50 ———— FF 150 ANSI 4.00 3.25 4.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 8.00 8.62 FFF 300 ANSI 4.25 3.50 4.31 4.38 5.31 6.50 8.50 9.31 FFFF Grooved End — 3.25 — 4.50 5.00 — — — G (Max)7.50 7.75 7.75 8.00 9.00 9.50 10.50 11.50 GG (Max)8.10 8.00 — 8.13 9.31 10.50 11.50 — Valve Size (mm)40 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 A Threaded 184 238 279 318 — — — — AA 150 ANSI 216 238 279 305 381 508 645 756 AAA 300 ANSI 229 254 295 337 397 533 670 790 AAAA Grooved End 216 228 279 318 381 508 645 — B 28 38 43 65 81 109 135 235 BB Grooved End 52 54 64 79 105 152 184 — C Max.140 161 192 208 270 340 406 435 CC Max. Grooved End 104 127 175 165 223 281 369 — D 71 84 102 116 146 200 254 — DD Grooved End 71 84 102 116 146 200 254 — E Threaded 83 121 140 159 — — — — EE 150 ANSI 102 121 140 152 191 254 324 378 EEE 300 ANSI 108 127 149 162 200 267 349 395 EEEE Grooved End — 121 — 152 191 — — — F Threaded 48 83 102 114 — — — — FF 150 ANSI 102 83 102 102 127 152 203 217 FFF 300 ANSI 108 89 109 111 135 165 216 236 FFFF Grooved End — 121 — 114 127 — — — G (Max)191 197 197 203 228 241 267 292 GG (Max)206 203 — 207 236 267 292 — See chart on first page. 150 and 300 ANSI B16.42 Class 150 - 250 psi Max. Class 300 - 400 psi Max Water, to 180°F Max. Main Valve Body & Cover Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Standard Main Valve Trim: Bronze Seat Stainless Steel Stem Standard Pilot Control System: Cast Bronze with Stainless Steel Trim Class UL ULC 175 lb. 30-165 30-300 300 lb. 30-165 30-300 10 PSI Minimum Water to 180°F Maximum Sizes End Details Pressure Ratings Standard Materials Pressure Adjustment Range Pressure Differential Temperature Range Optional UL Listed Materials for Seawater and Severe Service Applications: • Nickel Aluminum Bronze (NAB) - ASTM B148 Alloy C95800 • Monel - QQ-N-288 Comp B - ASTM A494 Grade M30H • Cast Steel - ASTM A216 Grade WCB • 316 Stainless Steel - ASTM A743 Grades CF3M and CFM8 • Super Austenitic Stainless Steel - ASTM A351 Grade CK3MCuN (SMO 254) • Super Duplex Stainless Steel - ASTM A890 Grade 5A (CE3MN) Maximum Minimum 1 1 2 2 4 10 15 35 Zurn Industries, LLC | Wilkins 1747 Commerce Way, Paso Robles, CA U.S.A. 93446 Ph. 855-663-9876, Fax 805-238-5766 In Canada | Zurn Industries Limited 3544 Nashua Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1L2 Ph. 905-405-8272, Fax 905-405-1292 www.zurn.com Rev. C Date:12/13 Document No. BF-350A Patent No. 5, 913, 331 Product No. Model 350A Model 350A Double Check Valve Assembly Page 1 of 2 Application Designed for installation on potable water lines to protect against both backsiphonage and backpressure of polluted water into the potable water supply. The Model 350A shall provide protection where a potential health hazard does not exist. Ideal for use where Lead-Free* valves are required. Standards Compliance (Horizontal & Vertical) • ASSE® Listed 1015 • AWWA Compliant C510 (with gates only), and C550 • IAPMO® Listed • Certified to NSF/ANSI 372* by IAPMO R&T • CSA® Certified • UL® Classified • C-UL® Classified • FM® Approved • NYC MEA 220-04-M Vol 2 (2 1/2" - 8") • Approved by the Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research at the University of Southern California • NSF® Listed-Standard 61, Annex G* *(0.25% MAX. WEIGHTED AVERAGE LEAD CONTENT) Materials Main valve body Ductile Iron ASTM A 536 Grade 4 Access covers Ductile Iron ASTM A 536 Grade 4 Coatings FDA Approved electrostatic epoxy finish Internals Stainless steel, 300 Series NORYL™, NSF Listed Fasteners & springs Stainless Steel, 300 Series Seal ring EPDM (FDA approved) O-ring Buna Nitrile (FDA approved) Features Sizes: 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10" Maximum working water pressure 175 PSI Maximum working water temperature 140˚F Hydrostatic test pressure 350 PSI End connections (Grooved for steel pipe) AWWA C606 (Flanged) ANSI B16.1 Class 125 Dimensions & Weights (do not include pkg.) E F D CB A G B A E F DC Options (Suf xes can be combined) - with flanged end NRS gate valves (standard) FSC - with epoxy coated wye type strainer (flanged only) G - with grooved end NRS gate valves GF - with grooved inlet gate connection and flanged outlet gate connection FG - with flanged inlet gate connection and grooved outlet gate connection L - less shut-off valves (grooved body connections) OSY - with flanged end OS&Y gate valves OSYG - with grooved end OS&Y gate valves PI - with Post Indicator Gate Valves BGVIC- with grooved end butterfly valves with integral supervisory switches Accessories Repair kit (rubber only) Thermal expansion tank (Model XT) OS & Y Gate valve tamper switch (OSY-40) MODEL 350A with BGVIC option Attention: Model 350A (grooved body) & Model 350 (flange body) have different lay lengths. MODEL 350A with OSY & FSC option ഌFlow Characteristics Zurn Industries, LLC | Wilkins 1747 Commerce Way, Paso Robles, CA U.S.A. 93446 Ph. 855-663-9876, Fax 805-238-5766 In Canada | Zurn Industries Limited 3544 Nashua Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1L2 Ph. 905-405-8272, Fax 905-405-1292 www.zurn.com Page 2 of 2 Typical Installation Local codes shall govern installation requirements. Unless otherwise specified, the assembly shall be mounted at a mini- mum of 12" (305mm) and a maximum of 30" (762mm) above adequate drains with sufficient side clearance for testing and maintenance. The installation shall be made so that no part of the unit can be submerged. Speci cations The Double Check Backflow Prevention Assembly shall be certified to NSF/ANSI 372, ASSE® Listed 1015, and supplied with full port gate valves. The main body and access cover shall be epoxy coated ductile iron (ASTM A 536 Grade 4), the seat ring and check valve shall be NORYL™, the stem shall be stainless steel (ASTM A 276) and the seat disc elastomers shall be EPDM. The checks shall be accessible for maintenance without removing the device from the line. The Double Check Back- flow Prevention Assembly shall be a ZURN WILKINS Model 350A. OUTDOOR INSTALLATION MODEL 350AFS INDOOR INSTALLATION MODEL 350ABGVIC INDOOR INSTALLATION (VERT.) MODEL 350A PROTECTIVEENCLOSURE DIRECTION OF FLOW 12" MIN. 30" MAX.DIRECTION OF FLOWDIRECTION OF FLOW 12” MIN 30” MAX Model D Dry Pipe Valve 4 (100mm) & 6 (150mm) Bulletin 351 Rev.R The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.,103 Fairview Park Drive , Elmsford, New York, 10523 Features 1.Differential Type...simple…light weight construction. 2.Threaded in one piece air and water seat eases maintenance. 3.Bronze seat with “O”-Ring seals minimizes corrosion and leakage. 4.Single hinge pin and latch design no complicated levers. 5.Simpletoreset nospecialtoolsrequired. 6.Tapered air and water seats. 7.Onepiecerubberfacing providesmore reliable rubber-to-metal water seal. 8.Three connections styles available: • ANSI flanged inlet and outlet • ANSI flanged inlet and grooved outlet • Metric flanged inlet and outlet The Reliable Model D Dry Pipe Valve makes pos- sible the installation of automatic sprinkler sys- tems in buildings in which freezing temperatures prevail. Thistypeofsystem,calledaDryPipeSys- tem, has air under pressure instead of water in the piping above the dry pipe valve. When one or more automatic sprinklers operate due to fire, the air pressure in the system is reduced the dry pipe valve opens and water under pressure flows intheactivatedsprinkler(s)andisthendistributed on the fire.Bulletin 351Rev.RListings & Approvals 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 2. ListedbyUnderwritersLaboratoriesofCanada.(ULC) 3. Certified by FM Approvals 4. Loss Prevention Council. (LPC, UK) 5. NYC BS&A No. 587–75–SA. 6. Scientific Services Laboratories (SSL, Australia) 7. Conforms to EN 12259–3 (CE) Quick Opening Devices When an automatic sprinkler operates, the result- ing air pressure decay is inversely proportional to the size of the dry system – the larger the system, the slower the air pressure decays which slows the operation of the Dry Pipe Valve. NFPA 13,Installa- tion of Sprinkler Systems,specifies that quick opening devices may be required in dry systems having capacities of more than 500 gallons. Reliable’s Model B1 Accelerator is an approved quickopeningdevicethatiseasilyattachedtoReli- able’s Dry PipeValves. Theacceleratoris sensitive to small drops in system pressure and it’s quick op- eration allows the system air to pass through to the alarm outlet andtheundersideof theclapper. Here the air pressure build-up, coupled with the pres- sure of the water supply, opens the dry pipe valve clapper permitting the water to flow instantly to the operated sprinkler(s). Reliable’s Model B1 Accelerator is described in greater detail in Bulletins 320 and 322. Valve Description 1. Rated working pressure 175 psi (12.1 bar). 2. Factoryhydrostatictestpressure:350psi(24.1bar). 3. End and trim connections: Three valve connec- tion styles are available: a. US Standard Flanged Inlet and Outlet: • Flanges mate with ANSI B 16.1 (125 lb.) Flange.• Threaded openings per ANSI B 2.1. • Reliable’s standard trim sets are compati-ble with US Flanged Valves. •Color Black. b. US Standard Flanged Inlet and Grooved Out- let (Fig. 3): •Inlet flange mates with ANSI B 16.1 (125 lb.) flange. •Outlet Groove per ANSI/AWWA C606. Operation The Reliable Model D Dry Pipe Valve in its closed and open positions is shown in Figures 1 and 2. Theclosedpositionismaintainedaslongastheair pressure in the system piping above the dry pipe valveissufficienttoexertagreaterforceonthetop side of the clapper than is exerted on its underside bythepressureofthewatersupply. Sincethearea included by the air seat is approximately six times thatofthewaterseat(TheDifferentialPrinciple)the air pressure needed to keep the dry pipe valve closed is only a fraction of that of the water supply. Table 1 gives the recommended air pressure for various water supply pressures for both sizes of Model D Dry Pipe Valves. Table 1 When one or more automatic sprinklers operate due to fire, the air pressure in the system piping above the dry pipe valve is reduced. The pressure of the water supply, now by exerting the greater force,raisesandrotatestheclappertoitsopenpo- sition, permitting the water to flow to the operated sprinkler(s). Water also flows from the alarm outlet of the dry pipe valve through a strainer to the Reli- able Mechanical Sprinkler Alarm and Electric Alarm Switch to automatically actuate mechanical and electrical alarms. Reliable Model D Dry Pipe Valves can be reset quicklyandeasilywithouttheuseofspecialtools. 2. Water Pressure in Supply Line psi (bar) Air Pressure psi (bar) To be Pumped into System Maximum Not less than Not more than 20 (1,38) 10 (0,68) 20 (1,37) 50 (3,44) 15 (1,03) 25 (1,72) 75 (5,17) 20 (1,37) 30 (2,06) 100 (6,89) 25 (1,72) 35 (2,41) 125 (8,62) 30 (2,06) 40 (2,75) 150 (10,34) 35 (2,41) 45 (3,10) 175 (12,06) 40 (2,75) 50 (3,44) Figure 1—Closed Figure 2—Open U.S. Flange Dimensions in Inches Valve Size Bolt Circle Dia. Bolt Hole Dia. Flange Outside Dia. Flange Thickness No. Bolts 4 6 712 912 34 78 9 11 1516 1 8 8 SUPPLY WATER PRESSURE •Threaded opening per ANSI B 2.1. •Reliable’s standard trim sets are compati- ble with US Flanged and Grooved Valves. •Color Black. c. Metric Flanged Inlet and Outlet: •Flanges mate with EN 1092-2, NF-E-29-282 and BS 4504 PN16 Flanges. •Threaded openings per ISO 7/1 R. •Reliable’s standard trim sets may be used with Metric Valves providing trim is assem- bled carefully and extra thread sealant is applied to connections between valves and trim. •Color Red. 4. Face to Face Dimension: •The 4 (100 mm) Valve 16 (406 mm) •The 6 (150 mm) Valve 19 (482 mm) 5. Shipping Weight: 6.Friction Loss Expressed in Equivalent Length of Pipe, based on Hazen-Williams formula with C = 120: 7. Installation Position: Vertical Trim Description The trimmings for Reliable Model D Dry Pipe Valves (Fig 4) are arranged for rapid, easy and compact attachment and serve as connection points to Reliable Alarm and other devices. They also serve as a means of setting and resetting the dry pipe valve prior to and after operation as well as allowing testing of the alarm devices without causing the system to operate. TheModelDBasicTrimSetisshowninFig.4(The electricsprinkleralarmswitchis not part of thetrim set and must be separately ordered.) This trim set provides the air supply, drain, priming level and alarm connections. An alarm test valve, which al- lows thealarm devices tobetestedwithout operat- ing the dry pipe valve, is included. The basic trim set includes all items such as ball drip valves, pressure gauges, etc which are needed to enable proper dry pipe valve operation. The basic trim set is available in either black or gal- vanized in one of three forms: loose, segmentally as- sembled trim or factory trimmed on the valve. Twoadditionaltrimmingattachmentsareoffered: theprimingchamberattachmentandthefilllineat- tachment. The priming chamber attachment al- lows the priming level to be maintained while the system remains pressurized. The fill line attach- mentprovidesasourceofwaterformaintainingthe prime level. The trimmings, connection, operation and main- tenance of the additional items which comprise a dry pipe valve system, such as air maintenance devices, air compressors, accelerators, electric alarm switches, mechanical sprinkler alarms, etc., aredescribedindetailintheindividualbulletinsfor these products. All valves are listed and approved by Under- writers Laboratories, Inc. and Factory Mutual Research Corp. only when used with the valve manufacturers trim sets. 3. Figure 3 Figure 4—Model D Dry Pipe Valve Model D Basic Trimming U.S. Groove Dimensions in Inches Valve Size Outlet Dia. Groove Dia. Groove Width Outlet Face to Groove 4 6 4.500 6.625 4.334 6.455 38 38 58 58 Flanged Inlet and Outlet Flanged Inlet and Grooved Outlet 4 (100 mm) 120 lb. (54.5 kg) 6 (150 mm) 242 lb. (109.5 kg) 110 lb. (49.83 kg) 228 lb. (103.28 kg) Metric Flange Dimensions in Millimeters Valve Size Bolt Circle Dia. Bolt Hole Dia. Flange Outside Dia. Flange Thickness Number Bolts 100 150 180 241 18.3 22.2 229 279 23.8 25.4 8 8 Valve Size Size Equiv. Length 4 (100 mm) 28ft (8.51 m) 6 (150 mm) 47ft (14.29 m) The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest pertinent Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances, whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by RELIABLE have been protecting life and property for over 80 years, and are installed and serviced by the most highly qualified and reputable sprinkler contractors located throughout the United States, Canada and foreign countries. Manufactured by PG. Printed in U.S 10/06 P/N 9999970045 •Style of Trim - Loose Individual part trim or seg- mentally assembled trim or factory trimmed valve. •Additional Equipment—Air Maintenance De- vices, Air Compressors, Accelerators, Electric Sprinkler Alarm Switches and Mechanical Sprinkler Alarms must be separately ordered. Ordering Information Specify •Valve Size: Either 4 (100 mm) or 6 (150 mm). When size is specified in mm, a metric valve per 3(c) will be supplied. •Inlet and Outlet Connection — Either Flanged/Flanged or Flanged/Grooved. •Trim - Basic Trim Priming Chamber Attachment Fill Line Attachment •Galvanized or Black Trim. Installation Dimensions of 4 (100mm) & 6 (150mm) sizes Revisionlinesindicateupdatedornewdata. The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. 800.431.1588 Sales Office 800.848.6051 Sales Fax 914.829-2042 Corporate Office www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address Recycled Paper Installation Measurement in Inches ValveABCDEFGH I J 4 (100mm)16 6 12 517101115412 212 312 6 (150mm)19 8 38 658 185 8 115 8 11 15 78 412 312 Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Bulletin 251 Rev. SBulletin 251 Rev. S Instructions for Installation, Operation, Care and Maintenance Models A-2 & B-1 Automatic Pressure Maintenance Devices 2. Operation • Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device (Refer to Figure 1) The Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device (PMD) is de- signed for use where a source of compressed air (plant air system, tank-mounted compressor with a pressure control, etc.) or nitrogen cylinder (equipped with a regulating de- vice) is available (refer to the section in this technical bulle- tin titled “Installation”). The regulator in the Model A-2 PMD reduces higher pressure air or nitrogen to a level required by a dry pipe valve, dry pilot line, or a deluge valve based preaction system. The Model A-2 PMD will maintain a con- stant pressure in the system regardless of any pressure fluctuations from the compressed air or nitrogen source. Basic functionality of components (refer to Figure 1): The strainer’s (Item 2) function is to prevent any foreign matter that may be present in the air supply, from traveling to the regulator (Item 1) and the check valve (Item 3), thereby en- suring their normal operation. The check valve’s function is to prevent the reverse flow of water resulting from a dry pipe or deluge valve’s operation, from reaching the regulator. The globe valves (Item 4) allow for the servicing (if needed) of the strainer (Item 2) and regulator (Item 1) without having to shut down the sprinkler system. The ball valve (Item 5) permits the rapid restoration (quick-fill) of the required sys- tem air pressure after service or operation. The ball valve (Item 5) must be closed and the globe valves (Item 4) must be open for proper automatic operation. • Models B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device (Refer to Figure 2) The Model B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device (PMD) is designed for use in conjunction with the Reliable Model A Tankless Air Compressor in order to maintain the correct air pressure in a dry pipe valve or dry pilot line (refer to the section in this technical bulletin titled “Installation”). The Re- liable Model A Tankless Air Compressor is controlled on or off by the air pressure level present in the dry pipe valve or dry pilot line via wiring between the compressor’s motor and the contacts of the Model B-1 PMD’s pressure switch. Basic functionality of components (refer to Figure 2): A drop in the sprinkler system’s air pressure causes the contacts of the pressure switch (Item 1) to close, thereby activating the air compressor . When the pre-adjusted level of air pressure is restored, the pressure switch’s contacts re-open, thereby deactivating the air compressor. The pressure switch (Item 1) is also equipped with an unloader valve that automati- cally bleeds off the air compressor’s outlet pressure each time the contacts of the pressure switch open. This protects the air compressor’s motor from overloading during start- up. Like the Model A-2 PMD, the Model B-1 has a strainer (Item 2) for contamination control and a check valve (Item 3) to prevent reverse water flow. The ball valve (Item 5) and globe valves (Item 4) are also identical in configuration and function as with the Model A-2 PMD. Likewise, the ball valve (Item 5) must be closed and the globe valves (Item 4) must be open for proper automatic operation Adjustment • Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device (Refer to Figure 1) The pressure regulator (Item 1) is factory set to maintain a nominal system air or nitrogen pressure of 30 psi (2,1 bar). In order to change the outlet pressure, loosen the locknut at the top of regulator and turn the adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure. To decrease the pressure, turn the adjusting screw counter clockwise. The resulting pressure can be determined at the sprinkler system air gauge once the air flow through the device has ceased, or at the optional gauge location. Shown on Figure 1. Note: The locknut of the regulator (Item 1) must be tight- ened after adjusting in order to prevent an accidental change in the pressure setting. Adjustable Outlet Pressure Range: 5 psi to 100 psi (0.34 bar to 6.9 bar) Maximum Inlet Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) • Model B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device The pressure switch (Item 1) is factory set to maintain a nominal system air pressure of 35 psi (2,4 bar). In order to change the setting, remove the pressure switch’s cov- er and follow the directions contained within the switch. Electrical Rating: Single Phase: 120 Volts AC; 2 hp 240 Volts AC; 3 hp 600 Volts AC; 5 hp Three Phase: 240 Volts AC; 5 hp 600 Volts AC; 5 hp 115-230 Volts DC; 3 hp Adjustable Outlet Pressure Range: 14 psi - to - 60 psi (1,0 bar - to - 4,1 bar) Maximum Inlet Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Listings and Approvals 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 2. Listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada. (ULC) 3. Certified by FM Approvals. 4. NYC MEA 258-93-E. 3. Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device P/N 6304000135, (All steel pipe fittings are galvanized) Item No.Part No.Description No. Req’d 1 23 4 56 78 9 1011 1213 98681630 9872760696816902 98840172 9884010898815201 9660661698543234 98543226 9817440498543268 9660660898614403 Regulator, 5-100 psi Strainer, ¼” NPT, 90Check Valve, ¼” Globe Valve, ¼” Butterfly Valve, ¾”Union, ¼” Tee, ¾” x ¾” x ¼”Nipple, ¾” x 3½” Nipple, ¼” x 1½” Elbow, ¼”Nipple, ¼” x 1” Tee, ¼”Plug, ¼” 1 11 1 11 22 4 13 11 Model B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device P/N 6304010100, (All steel pipe fittings are galvanized) Item No.Part No.Description No. Req’d 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 1516 17 98728801 98727607 96816902 98840172 9884010898815201 96606616 98543233 98543226 9660660898750004 98543227 98523100 98768000 9808563098048034 98614403 Pressure Switch, 3/8” NPT Strainer, ¼”, 30 Mesh Check Valve, ¼” Globe Valve, ¼” Butterfly Valve, ¾”Union, ¼” Tee, ¾” x ¾” x ¼” Nipple, ¾” x 2 ½” Nipple, ¼” x 1½” Tee, ¼” Cross, ¼” Nipple, ¼” x Close Restrictor Nipple, ¼” Copper Tubing, ¼” O.D. Comp. Fitting, ¼” x ¼” Reducer Bushing 3/8” x ¼” Plug, ¼” 1 1 1 1 11 2 2 4 11 1 1 1 11 1 Figure 2 Figure 1 4. Inspection and Maintenance Refer to Figures 1 & 2. 1. Review the latest NFPA 13 and NFPA 25 Standards, any appropriate dry pipe or deluge valve installation bulletins, and the section in this bulletin titled “Instal- lation” to ensure that the pressure maintenance de- vice is installed properly. 2. Make sure that both ¼” globe valves (Item 4) are open and that the ¾” ball valve (Item 5) is closed. 3. Check the gas pressure in the dry pipe, deluge or preaction system at the pressure gauge located on those devices. See the section titled “Adjustment” if any are required. 4. If maintenance is to be performed on Items 1, 2 or 3 of the pressure maintenance device, make sure that both globe valves (Item 4) are closed and that pressure has been relieved from the section through the ¼” union (Item 6). These valves must be opened again in order to restore proper automatic operation. 5. The strainer (Item 2) should be cleaned periodically to prevent contamination from blocking air flow. This can be done by removing the strainer’s cap and wip- ing or blowing off any collected debris. 6. Make sure the check valve (Item 3) is installed ac- cording to the schematic with the arrow on its hex- agonal side pointing in the required direction of air flow. 7. If the regulator (Item 1) in the Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device is constantly leaking at the ad- justing screw, the regulator may contain dirt keep- ing the poppet open and should be cleaned or re- placed. 8. Check the inside housing of pressure switch (Item 1) of the Model B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device for dirt or foreign matter and verify that the wiring is fastened securely and is wiring insulation is in good condition. WARNING: Do not contact the electrical wiring when the power is on Installation As shown in Figures 4 through 13, Pressure Maintenance Devices are installed in the air supply line leading to the dry pipe valve, deluge or preaction systems. With the Model A-2 PMD the air supply is a tank mounted compressor with a pressure control switch, or a Nitrogen supply equipped with a regulating device. With the Model B-1 PMD, the air supply is an air compressor without a pressure control switch. An extra outlet connection is provided on all of the models for mounting an optional pressure gauge to moni- tor the outlet pressure. • Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device a. Make sure the air flow through the Pressure Maintenance Device is as shown by the arrows in Figures 1, 4, 6, 8, 9 and 11-13. b. Install the Pressure Maintenance Device as close to the dry pipe valve air line trimmings as pos- sible. Install the Pressure Maintenance Device in the air supply immediately leading to the del- uge or preaction trim. Refer to separate dry pipe valve, deluge valve or preaction system bulletins for the additional installation information. • Model B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device a. Make sure the air flow through the Device is as shown by the arrows in Figures 2, 5-7 and10. b. Remove the pressure switch’s (Item 1) cover and connect the wiring in accordance with the Nation- al Electric Code or other appropriate standards. The connections should be as shown in Figure 3 for single phase wiring of thermally protected compressor motors. Refer to separate dry pipe valve and deluge valve bulletins for additional in- stallation information. c. For 3-phase wiring, a listed and/or approved, properly sized magnetic motor starter with ap- propriate NEMA enclosure must be provided. The wiring of the pressure switch, motor starter, and air compressor must be in accordance with the National Electrical Code, or other appropri- ate standards. Figure 3 5. Figure 4 Figure 5 Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device with Model D Dry Pipe Valve Trim Model B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device with Model D Dry Pipe Valve Trim Figure 6 Figure 7 6. Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device with Model BX Dry Pilot Line Deluge Trim Model B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device with Model BX Dry Pilot Line Deluge Trim Figure 8 Figure 9 7. Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device with Model LDX Dry Pipe Valve Trim Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device with Model DDX Dry Pilot Line Deluge Trim Figure 10 Figure 11 8. Model B-1 Pressure Maintenance Device with Model DDX Dry Pilot Line Deluge Trim Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device with Model DDX Dry Pilot Line Single Interlock Preaction Trim Figure 12 Figure 13 9. Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device with Model DDX Type F Double Interlock Preaction Trim Model A-2 Pressure Maintenance Device with Model DDX- LP Dry Pipe Valve Trim Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.(800) 431-1588 Sales Offices (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address Manufactured by Recycled Paper Revision lines indicate updated or new data. EG. Printed in U.S.A. 12/14 P/N 9999970040 The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable.Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 90 years, and are installed and serviced by the most highly qualified and reputable sprinkler contractors located throughout the United States, Canada and foreign countries. • Automatic sprinklers • Flush automatic sprinklers • Recessed automatic sprinklers • Concealed automatic sprinklers • Adjustable automatic sprinklers • Dry automatic sprinklers • Intermediate level sprinklers • Open sprinklers • Spray nozzles • Alarm valves • Retarding chambers • Dry pipe valves • Accelerators for dry pipe valves • Mechanical sprinkler alarms • Electrical sprinkler alarm switches • Water flow detectors • Deluge valves • Detector check valves • Check valves • Electrical system • Sprinkler emergency cabinets • Sprinkler wrenches • Sprinkler escutcheons and guards • Inspectors test connections • Sight drains • Ball drips and drum drips • Control valve seals • Air maintenance devices • Air compressors • Pressure gauges • Identification signs • Fire department connection Reliable offers a wide selection of sprinkler components. Following are some of the many precision-made Reliable products that guard life and property from fire around the clock. Reliable...For Complete Protection The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Bulletin 323 Rev. EBulletin 323 Rev. E Instructions for Installation, Operation, Care and Maintenance Model B1 Accelerator with Integral Accelo-Check Features 1. Quickens the operation of dry pipe valves. 2. Increases the number of automatic sprin- klers controlled by one dry pipe valve. 3. Equalizes rapidly as dry system is being ﬁ lled with air to required pressure. 4. Adjusts without operation for small ﬂ uc- tuations in system air pressure. 5. Dependable in operation, compact and light-weight construction. 6. Accelo-Check prevents water and debris from entering critical areas, minimizing the need of removing cover plates, etc. to reset or clean internal mechanisms. 7. Tested and approved for use with all Reli- able dry pipe valves and dry systems. 8. UL Listed, FM Approved General The Reliable Model B1 Accelerator with its integral Ac- celo-Check (anti-flooding device) is used to speed up the operation of both dry pipe valves (in dry-type automatic sprinkler systems) and deluge valves (in pre-action sprin- kler systems). Both of these system types utilize pressur- ized air, instead of water, in their piping as to avoid expo- sure to water sensitive areas and/or freezing conditions. The accelerated operation of the dry pipe valve floods the sprinkler system with water permitting a substantial in- crease in both the number of sprinklers that can be con- trolled by one dry pipe valve and the volume of the dry system that can be installed. Approvals 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 2. Underwriters’ laboratories of Canada for up to 1500 gal. (5678 liters) systems. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation 4. Loss Prevention Council 5. NYC B5&A No. 587-75-SA. Patent number 3,785,440 2. Accelerator Operation The Model B1 Accelerator is basically a normally-closed valve with ½” NPT ports, that is highly sensitive to the rate of air pressure change in a dry pipe sprinkler system. This de- vice retains normal dry system air pressure in its top cham- ber even though pressure in that system may be dropping as a direct result from one or more sprinklers opening. Fig. 1 illustrates a cross-section of the Model B1 Acceler- ator in the “closed” position while being pressurized. Upon initial setup, the Accelerator is filled by air from the dry pipe system via a ½” NPT connection. Air passes through its filter assembly (item #18) and passageway E to the de- vice’s middle chamber. This air pressure also lifts the dia- phragm assembly (Items #5 through #8) off of the push rod (item #10) thereby opening up passageway G. The air then completely fills the top chamber to the desired system pressure level. When filled, the diaphragm assembly rests on the push rod’s end and closes passageway G, except for minor leakage which is designed to compensate for air pressure fluctuations in the system. Upon a significant air-pressure decay of the sprinkler system piping (such as sprinkler activation), the retained air pressure in the Accelerator’s top chamber exerts a net- downward force across the diaphragm assembly (Items #5 through #8). This forces the poppet (item #15) to open thereby allowing system air pressure to pass out of the Ac- celerator’s ½” outlet port and into the intermediate cham- ber of the dry pipe valve (or to atmosphere depending on the type of system to which it is installed). This in turn will activate the dry pipe valve. Simultaneously, pressurized air also passes through the Accelerator and closes the integral Accelo-Check (items #11, #19 through #25) by pressuriz- ing cavity H and preventing water and waterborne debris from entering the internal restriction area in passageway G. This increases the reliability of the Accelerator and re- duces the maintenance which would otherwise be required to clean it after each operation. Installation The Reliable Model B1 Accelerator is quickly attached to the various Reliable-manufactured dry pipe valves/sys- tems. The following table lists the figures in this technical bulletin that illustrate the specific trim attachment locations along with the complete component listing of their contents. When installed into the basic trim of a Reliable Model D Dry Pipe Valve (refer to Fig 2), the Accelerator’s ½” out- let port should be directly connected to the intermediate chamber of the dry pipe valve. In this specific application, the Model B1 Accelerator is used like an exhauster that directly assists the clapper of the dry pipe valve to open. For installations into all other Reliable-manufactured dry systems such as Models LDX, DDX-LP & EX (refer to Figs 3, 4 & 5), the Accelerator’s ½”outlet port should be vented to the atmosphere. These other types of systems do not utilize differential-type clappers that require additional air pressure to operate. Instead, these systems all utilize a Model LP Actuator to keep a push-rod chamber pressur- ized to a certain level of air pressure. In these instances, Dry Pipe System Type Refer to Figure # Model B1 Accelerator Part # Accelerator Trim Kit Part # Model D(4” & 6”)2 6301000300 6516000002 (Does not include Accelerator) Model LDX (4” & 6”) 3 6516000003 (Includes Accelerator) Model DDX-LP (All Sizes)4 Model EX (All Sizes) 5 Model DDX Type F Preaction System (All Sizes)6 In addition and for more detailed instructions in connect- ing the Model B1 Accelerator a specific type of system, please go to www.reliablesprinkler.com and refer to the pertinent technical bulletins describing those systems. the Model B1 Accelerator speeds up the purging of the air side of the Model LP Actuator, which in turn, vents the push-rod chamber pressure of the main fire control valve thereby causing its clapper to open and fill the system pip- ing with water. The ½” outlet port of the Accelerator should also be vent- ed to atmosphere when installed into Reliable’s Model DDX Type F Double Interlock Preaction systems (refer to Fig. 6). As in the previously mentioned systems, the Accelerator also helps to speed up the purging of air pressure in a Model LP Actuator and the opening of the main fire con- trol valve, however, no water will enter the sprinkler piping until the normally-closed solenoid valve (installed in series with the Model LP Actuator) of the trim becomes energized open via some type of incoming detection signal(s). Note: The Model B1 Accelerator may be capable of has- tening the operation of non-Reliable-manufactured dry pipe valves having intermediate chamber de- signs. However, it has been tested and approved only with Reliable Dry Pipe Valves. 3.Fig. 1 4.Fig. 2 5.Fig. 3 6.Fig. 4 7.Fig. 5 Fig. 68. 9. System Requirements NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) 13 titled “In- stallation of Sprinkler Systems”, specifies that Accelera- tors (quick-opening devices) are required in dry systems having capacities of more than 500 gallons. However, ex- ceptions permit the omission of quick-opening devices for larger systems when water can be delivered to the inspec- tor’s test connection in less than 60 seconds. • Reliable’s Accelerator is UL Listed for system volumes to 1500 gallons. This capability is also approved by FM. • System pneumatic pressure must be maintained at a minimum of 15 psi in order for the Accelerator to be effective. It must be cautioned that accelerator operation and water delivery at the inspectors test connection does not occur at the same time. There is a delay while the air is being expelled through the inspectors test connection ahead of the water. This time delay depends on the piping configu- ration system size, available water supply and other factors which are beyond the control of the accelerator and restrict the system’s capability to deliver water in the 60 second time requirement. While field installation experience will aid in the determination of system size limitations, it is rec- ommended that the Reliable Technical Service Department be consulted when large volume systems are encountered. Figure 7 provides an approximate graph of actual Accel- erator operating time versus system size when one sprin- kler head opens. The time of operation of the Accelera- tor is relatively unaffected by inlet pressures so the graph applies for all normal dry system pressures from 25 psi to 50 psi (1.7 bar to 3.4 bar). As described in the following section, water delivery time will significantly exceed the ac- celerator operating times shown is Figure 7. Resetting Procedure For Model D Dry Pipe Valve Systems (Refer to Figs. 1 & 2) 1. Isolate the Accelerator by closing the valves A and C, Fig. 2. Close the air and water supply valves to the dry pipe valve. Drain and fully reset the dry pipe valve in ac- cordance with its technical bulletin. 3. Re-close the main water supply control valve and then re-open the dry pipe valve’s drain valve. 4. Remove Plugs B and E, Fig. 2. 5. Remove the body drain plug from the lower section of the Accelerator, Item #3, Fig 1. 6. Remove the top chamber drain plug, Item #3, Fig. 1, from the side of the Accelerator. If water is pres- ent in the top chamber, disassemble the Accelerator, and clean and dry the top and middle chambers and diaphragm assembly using a clean lint free cloth. Re- assemble the Accelerator. Replace the top chamber drain plug using new thread sealant. 7. Remove the Accelo–Check Body, Item #19, Fig. 1, and gently lift the Accelo–Check Diaphragm Assem- bly, Item #22, Fig. 1, to verify venting of the middle chamber. Carefully reinstall these parts. 8. Partially open Valve A, Fig. 2, gently purging any water which may be in the trim lines. Close Valve A. Re- place Plugs B and E, Fig. 2. Partially open Valve A and gently purge. Close Valve A and replace the body drain plug at the lower section of the Accelera- tor, Item #3, Fig. 1. 9. Pressurize the Accelerator by opening Valve A, Fig. 2. Open Valve C and check for leakage at the Ball Drip Valve D, Fig. 2. The top chamber pressure of the Accelerator should equal the system pressure. 10. Slightly open the main water supply control valve. Close the main drain valve when water flows, then fully open the main supply valve. The system is now ready for service. Fig. 7 Resetting Procedure For Model LDX, DDX,EX Dry Systems & Model DDX Type F Preaction Systems (Refer to Figs. 1, 3, 4, 5 & 6) 1. Isolate the Accelerator by closing valve B, Figs. 3, 4, 5 or 6. 2. Close the air and water supply valves to the deluge valve. Drain and fully reset the deluge valve in accor- dance with its technical bulletin. 3. Re-close the main water supply control valve to pre- vent accidental operation of the system while reset- ting the Accelerator. 4. Remove the body drain plug from the lower section of the Accelerator, Item #3, Fig 1. 5. Remove the top chamber drain plug, Item #3, Fig. 1, from the side of the Accelerator. If water is pres- ent in the top chamber, disassemble the Accelerator, and clean and dry the top and middle chambers and diaphragm assembly using a clean lint free cloth. Re- assemble the Accelerator. Replace the top chamber drain plug using new thread sealant. 6. Remove the Accelo–Check Body, Item #19, Fig. 1, and gently lift the Accelo–Check Diaphragm Assem- bly, Item #22, Fig. 1, to verify venting of the middle chamber. Carefully reinstall these parts. 7. Partially open valve B, Figs. 3, 4, 5 or 6, gently purg- ing any water which may be in the trim lines. Close this valve and replace the. body drain plug from the lower section of the Accelerator, Item #3, Fig 1. 8. Pressurize the Accelerator by opening valve B, Figs. 3, 4, 5 or 6. The top chamber pressure of the Accel- erator should equal the system pressure. 9. Slightly open the main water supply control valve. Close the main drain valve when water flows, then- fully open the main supply valve. The system is now ready for service. Caution The presence of water in the Accelerator may cause pre- mature operation. Therefore, it is imperative that after sys- tem operation, the Accelerator be inspected for any signs of water in the top chamber and that the Accelerator trim lines are purged prior to completing the Accelerator reset procedure. In addition, after system set–up, the prime wa- ter level must not exceed the dry pipe valve’s prime level (if applicable). If water is found in the Accelerator, due to excessive prime level or back drainage, the Accelerator’s inlet system connection must be relocated to the riser at least 2 ft. above the dry pipe valve. 10. Recommended Periodic Inspections The following inspections should be performed on the Model B1 Accelerator on a weekly basis. 1. Check that the correct system air pressure has been set. 2. Verify that Accelerator’s top chamber pressure and system air pressure are equal. 3. Verify that the valves located on both the Accelera- tor’s inlet and outlet lines are in the open position. A valve located on the Accelerator’s outlet port should only be present if the Accelerator is connected to vent into a dry pipe valve’s intermediate chamber. Otherwise, the Accelerator’s outlet port should vent to the atmosphere. 4. Check that the prime water level is correct (if appli- cable). 5. Check for leakage at the ball drip valve, located above the drain cup. Leakage may indicate the sealing surfaces in the dry pipe valve require main- tenance. Test The following Accelerator tests should be performed semi–annually or whenever the Accelerator has been dis- assembled. A. Accelerator test without operating the dry pipe valve. 1. Isolate the Accelerator by closing the valves lo- cated on its inlet and outlet ports. Model D Dry Pipe Valve, Fig. 2 - Valves A and C. Model LDX, DDX-LP, EX, DDX Valves, Figs. 3, 4, 5 or 6 – Valve B 2. Loosen the body drain plug, Item #3, Fig. 1 in or- der to decay the pressure at the inlet of the Accel- erator. This will simulate a system decay as when one or more sprinklers open. The Accelerator should operate. 3. Reset the Accelerator following the instructions de- scribed in the “Resetting Procedure” sections of this bulletin. B. Sensitivity Test (Model D Dry Pipe Valves only) 1. Close the main water supply control valve. 2. Bleed the system air pressure at a rate of 1 psi per minute by opening the prime level valve lo- cated on the dry pipe valve. 3. After ten minutes (the air pressure should have decayed 10 psi) the Accelerator should not have tripped. 4. Restore the system air pressure and reopen the main water supply control valve. 11. Maintenance & Trouble Shooting (Refer to Fig. 1) The following table provides a simplified, trouble-shooting guide which indicates the necessary corrective maintenance for the more common problems, which may occur. Symptom Probable Cause Correction Air flows rapidly through the Accelerator and into the outlet port when resetting. The Push-Rod is in the held down position by contamination, the Push-Rod is bent or the Push-Rod guide is too tight. Clean or replace as needed. Minor air flow or leakage through the Accelerator. 1. Contamination in the poppet area. 2. The Poppet “O”-Ring has blown off the Poppet, or is cut. 3. The Accelo-Check diaphragm has a hole or rip allowing air to reach the outlet through passageway (F). 4. Leakage past the Push-Rod Guide “O”- Ring. 5. The Push Rod or Push-Rod Guides dam- aged causing leakage. 1. Clean. 2. Install new “O”-Ring. 3. Replace. 4. Replace. 5. Replace. No or low air pressure in the top chamber (gauge pressure does not increase, and no air pressure in the outlet). 1. Filter assembly is clogged. 2. Restriction area (Passageway G) is clogged or the filter on the diaphragm nut is clogged. 1. Replace 2. Replace. Accelerator will not trip during a system test. 1. The top chamber air pressure is bleed- ing back to the system too fast through restriction area. 2. The top chamber air pressure is bleeding back to the system through the ripped diaphragm. 3. External leak in top chamber. 4. Filter assembly restricted. 1. Clean the top of the Push-Rod and mating surface in diaphragm nut, or replace. 2. Replace 3. Check the gauge and the drain plug for tightness-use new PTFE tape on the plug after each resetting. 4. Replace. Accelerator floods with water. 1. Check Valve A (Figs. 3, 4, 5 or 6) for leak- age when the system is filled with water. 2. The Accelo-Check “O”-Ring is missing or cut. 3. Leakage past the Push-Rod Guide “O”- Ring. 4. Push rod or Push-Rod Guide is dam- aged allowing leakage. 5. Condensate from the compressor has not been drained. 1. Wipe off the clapper facing and seat clean. 2. Replace if necessary. 3. Replace. 4. Replace. 5. Remove Plug B (Figs. 2 & 3) to drain any water from the air supply. Accelerator operates prematurely. 1. Water or dirt in the restriction area. 2. Air is not bleeding back through the re- striction area to compensate for minor pressure fluctuations. 3. Dry pipe valve is operating prematurely - not the accelerator. 4. On-Off is setting of the compressor’s pressure switch allowing the system pressure to decay too far. 5. Excessive leakage between air/nitrogen supply and Check Valve A (Figs. 3, 4, 5 and 6). 1. Clean top of the Push-Rod and mating surface-perform sensitivity test. 2. Replace Push-Rod and / or diaphragm nut. In “Test” section of this Technical Bulletin - perform sensitivity test. 3. Review the correct pressure settings from the corresponding system’s tech- nical bulletin. 4. Readjust the differential of pressure switch to minimum (6-8 psi) when us- ing an accelerator. 5. Repair leaks. The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.(800) 431-1588 Sales Offices (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address Manufactured by Recycled Paper Revision lines indicate updated or new data. EG. Printed in U.S.A 07/13 P/N 9999970157 The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 90 years, and are installed and serviced by the most highly qualified and reputable sprinkler contractors located throughout the United States, Canada and foreign countries. • Automatic sprinklers • Flush automatic sprinklers • Recessed automatic sprinklers • Concealed automatic sprinklers • Adjustable automatic sprinklers • Dry automatic sprinklers • Intermediate level sprinklers • Open sprinklers • Spray nozzles • Alarm valves • Retarding chambers • Dry pipe valves • Accelerators for dry pipe valves • Mechanical sprinkler alarms • Electrical sprinkler alarm switches • Water flow detectors • Deluge valves • Detector check valves • Check valves • Electrical system • Sprinkler emergency cabinets • Sprinkler wrenches • Sprinkler escutcheons and guards • Inspectors test connections • Sight drains • Ball drips and drum drips • Control valve seals • Air maintenance devices • Air compressors • Pressure gauges • Identification signs • Fire department connection Reliable offers a wide selection of sprinkler components. Following are some of the many precision-made Reliable products that guard life and property from fire around the clock. Reliable...For Complete Protection Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Bulletin 518Bulletin 518 Features 1. Differential Latch-type, lightweight, depend- able construction. 2. Easily trimmed for releasing by: • Manual pull stations • Wet pilot sprinklers • Dry pilot actuators • Solenoid valves 3. Drop in or Screw in seat & clapper assembly simplifies maintenance. 4. Bronze or Stainless steel seat with O-ring seals resists corrosion and leakage. 5. Pressure-actuated clapper facing provides dependable seal. 6. Reset externally. Cover removal is not required. 7. Grooved inlet and outlet connections Flanged connections available on 4” (100mm), 6” (150mm), 165mm & 8” (200mm). 8. Drain valve to drain standing water column. 9. Valve latches in open position. No pressure- operated relief valve is required. 10. Pressure rating of 250 psi (17,2 bar) or 300 psi (20,7 bar) (4” (100mm), 6” (150mm) & 165mm Only). Listings & Approvals (Only when used with Reliable’s Trim Sets.) 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and UL certified for Canada (cULus). 2. Certified by Factory Mutual Approvals (FM). 3. NYC MEA 258-93-E 4. LPCB (4” (100mm), 165mm, 6” (150mm) & 8” (200mm) only) 5. CE 6. VdS Schadenverhütung GmbH The Reliable Model DDX Deluge Valve is a hydraulically op- erated, latching clapper-type valve used to control the water supply to a deluge or preaction system. Deluge systems use open sprinklers or nozzles as discharge outlets in the fire area, while preaction systems use closed sprinklers or nozzles. Both systems use separate detection devices to control the operation of the Deluge Valve. Three simple trim arrangements allow for actuation of the Reliable Model DDX Deluge Valve by utilizing manual, hydraulic, pneumatic, or electrical devices. These de- vices include break glass stations, wet pilot sprinklers, dry pilot sprinklers, thermal detectors, and smoke detectors. The Reliable Model DDX Deluge Valve can be reset exter- nally, without cover removal. This is accomplished by pushing in and turning the external reset knob at the rear of the Deluge Valve (see Fig. 2).Fig. 2 518 Fig. 1 Model DDX Deluge Valve 2” (50 mm), 2½” (65 mm), 3” (80 mm), 76 mm, 4” (100 mm), 6” (150 mm), 165 mm & 8” (200 mm) 2. Fig. 3 Valve Operation The Reliable Model DDX Deluge Valve is shown in both closed and open positions in Fig. 3. In the closed position, the supply pressure acts on the underside of the clapper and also on the push rod through the push rod chamber’s inlet restric- tion. The resultant force due to the supply pressure acting on the push rod is multiplied by the mechanical advantage of the lever and is more than sufficient to hold the clapper closed against normal supply pressure surges. When a fire is detected, a releasing device vents the push rod chamber to atmosphere through the chamber’s outlet. Since the pressure cannot be replenished through the inlet restriction as rapidly as it is vented, the push rod chamber pressure falls instantaneously. When the push rod chamber pressure ap- proaches approximately one-third of the supply pressure, the upward force of the supply pressure acting beneath the clapper overcomes the lever-applied force thereby opening the clapper. Once the clapper has opened, the lever acts as a latch, pre- venting the clapper from returning to the closed position. Water from the supply flows through the Deluge Valve into the system piping. Water also flows through the Deluge Valve’s alarm outlet to the alarm devices. After system shutdown, resetting the Model DDX Deluge Valve is quite simple. Doing so only requires pushing in and turning the reset knob at the rear of the valve (see Fig. 2). The external reset feature of the Model DDX Deluge Valve provides a means for simple, economical system testing, which is one es- sential facet of a good maintenance program. The external reset feature does not, however, eliminate another important facet of good maintenance, namely, periodic cleaning and inspection of the internal valve parts. In the event that water builds up inside the valve due to con- densate from the air supply system, or water left inside from valve system testing, a drain is available for venting. After clos- ing the main supply valve, a small valve over the drain cup can be opened slightly until the water inside the valve body and the main pipe column has drained. Whenever ambient temperature conditions are high, the water temperature in the Model DDX Deluge Valve’s pushrod chamber could possibly increase, thereby increasing the pres- sure in the chamber to values exceeding the rated pressure of the system. In an indoor installation where standard room tem- peratures are exceeded, a pressure relief kit may be needed. Pressure relief kit, P/N 6503050001, can be installed into the pushrod chamber’s releasing line to limit the pressure to 250 psi (17,2 bar). Reliable Model DDX Deluge Valve with associated trim sizes 2” (50 mm), 2½” (65 mm), 76 mm, 3” (80 mm), 4” (100 mm), 165 mm, 6” (150 mm) or 8” (200 mm), are rated for use at a mini- mum water supply pressure of 20 psi (1,4 bar) and a maximum water supply pressure of 250 psi (17,2bar) for 2” (50mm), 2½” (65mm), 3” (80mm), 76mm & 8” (200mm) valve sizes and 300 psi (20,7 bar) for 4” (100mm), 6” (150mm) & 165mm valve siz- es.. Water supplied to the inlet of the valve and to the push rod chamber must be maintained between 40°F (4°C) and 140°F (60°C). 3. Detection and Actuation In general, the Reliable Model DDX Deluge Valve can be re- leased by any Reliable UL Listed or FM Approved device that opens sufficiently to vent the push rod chamber in response to a fire. The releasing device is simply connected to the push rod chamber’s outlet. When the releasing device operates and vents the push rod chamber, the Deluge Valve opens. Typical releasing devices include hydraulic manual emer- gency stations, Model F1-FTR Fixed Temperature Detectors on wet pilot lines, dry pilot actuators, and solenoid valves. Model F1-FTR Detectors perform both Deluge Valve releasing and fire detection functions with wet pilot lines. The use of a solenoid valve for Deluge Valve releasing en- ables various types of electrical fire detection devices to be used. Typical detection devices include electrical emergency pull stations, thermal detectors, and ionization or photoelectric smoke detectors. Electrical detection and releasing equipment used in Electrical Systems is described in Bulletin 700, for both deluge and preaction systems. Model DDX Deluge Valve Description 1. Rated working pressure: Valve & System - 250 psi (17.2 bar) for the 2” (50mm), 2½” (65mm), 76mm, 3” (80mm) and 8” (200mm) valve sizes and 300 psi (20,7 bar) for the 4” (100mm), 165mm and 6” (150mm) valve sizes. 2. Factory tested to a hydrostatic pressure of 500 psi (34,5 bar) for the 2” (50mm), 2½” (65mm), 76mm, 3” (80mm) and 8” (200mm) valve sizes and 600 psi (41,4 bar) for the 4” (100mm), 165mm and 6” (150mm) valve sizes. (Valve only) 3. End and trim connections:• ANSI/AWWA C606 grooved inlet and outlet Nominal Pipe Size Outlet Diameter Groove Diameter Groove Width Outlet Face to Groove 2” (50 mm)2.375” (60mm)2.250” (57mm)11/32” (9.0mm)5/8” (16mm) 2½” (65 mm)2.875” (73mm) 2.720” (69mm) 11/32” (9.0mm) 5/8” (16mm) 76 mm 3.000” (76mm) 2.845” (72mm) 11/32” (9.0mm) 5/8” (16mm) 3” (80 mm)3.500” (89mm) 3.344” (85mm) 11/32” (9.0mm) 5/8” (16mm) 4” (100 mm)4.500” (114mm)4.334” (110mm)3/8” (9.5mm)5/8” (16mm) 165 mm 6.500” (165mm) 6.330” (161mm) 3/8” (9.5mm) 5/8” (16mm) 6” (150 mm)6.625” (168mm) 6.455” (164mm) 3/8” (9.5mm) 5/8” (16mm) 8” (200 mm)8.625” (219mm) 8.441” (214mm) 7/16” (11mm) 3/4” (19mm) • Threaded openings Per ANSI B 2.1 7. Trim Shipping Weight: Trim Conﬁ guration 2" (50 mm), 2½" (65 mm), 3" (80 mm) & 76 mm 4" (100 mm), 6" (150 mm), 8" (200 mm) & 165 mm Wet Pilot Deluge 31 lbs (14 kg) 37 lbs (17 kg) Dry Pilot Deluge 39 lbs (18 kg) 50 lbs (23 kg) Electric Actuation Deluge 33 lbs (15 kg) 38 lbs (17 kg) 8. Friction loss (Expressed in equivalent length of Schedule 40 pipe, based on Hazen & Williams for- mula: Valve Size:Equivalent Length:CvC = 120 C = 100 2" (50mm) 4.4 ft (1,3 m) 3.1 ft (1,0 m) 101 2½" (65mm) 6.0 ft (1,8 m) 4.3 ft (1,3 m) 236 76mm 7.7 ft (2,3 m) 5.5 ft (1,7 m) 241 3" (80mm) 12.6 ft (3,8 m) 9.0 ft (2,7 m) 254 4" (100mm) 14 ft (4,3 m) 10 ft (3,0 m) 469 165mm 29.4 ft (9,0 m) 20.9 ft (6,4 m) 886 6" (150mm) 29.4 ft (9,0 m) 20.9 ft (6,4 m) 886 8" (200mm) 53.5 ft (16,3 m) 38.1 ft (11,6 m) 1516 9. Installation position: Vertical Trim Descriptions The trims for the Reliable Model DDX Deluge Valve are ar- ranged for rapid, easy, and compact attachment, and serve as connection points to Reliable Model C Mechanical Alarms and other devices. The available Model DDX Deluge Valve trim sets are:• Wet Pilot Trim • Dry Pilot Trim • Electric Actuation Trim The Wet Pilot Trim (see Fig. 4 or Fig. 5) is used when wet pilot sprinklers or hydraulic manual emergency pull boxes are used for detection and releasing. This trim set provides a one and one quarter main drain for 2” (50mm), 2½” (65mm), 76mm & 3” (80mm) valve sizes or a two inch main drain for 4” (100mm), 6” (150mm), 165mm & 8” (200mm) valve sizes, alarm test, supply pressure gauge, push rod chamber pressure gauge, push rod chamber supply connections, Model B Hydraulic Manual Emer- gency Station, and a connection for releasing devices. The Dry Pilot Trim (see Fig. 6 or Fig. 7) is used when dry pilot sprinklers are used as the fire detection means. This trim set includes the Model LP Dry Pilot Line Actuator, air and wa- ter pressure gauges, low air pressure switch (for Dry Pilot Line), air pressure relief valve, connections for the air supply and pilot sprinkler lines, a one and one quarter main drain for 2” (50mm), 2½” (65mm), 76mm & 3” (80mm) valve sizes or a two inch main drain for 4” (100mm), 6” (150mm), 165mm & 8” (200mm) valve sizes, alarm test, push rod chamber connections, push rod chamber pressure gauge, and the Model B Hydraulic Manual Emergency Station. Table A provides the recommended air pressure when the dry pilot trim set is used as the actuation means. • Flange Dimensions Flange Type: Nominal Pipe Size Bolt Circle Diameter Bolt Hole Diameter Flange Outside Diameter Flange Thickness Number of Bolts AMSE B16.5 Class 150 4” (100mm)7½” (191mm)¾”(19mm)9” (229mm) 15/16”(24mm)8 ISO 7005-2 PN16 4” (100mm) 73/32” (180mm) ¾” (19mm) 9” (229mm) 15/16” (24mm)8 AMSE B16.5 Class 150 6” (150mm) 9½” (241mm) 7/8” (22mm) 11” (279mm) 15/16” (24mm)8 ISO 7005-2 PN16 6” (150mm)97/16” (240mm) 29/32” (23mm)11” (279mm) 15/16”(24mm)8 AMSE B16.5 Class 150 8” (200mm) 11¾” (298mm) 7/8” (22mm) 13½” (343mm) 1” (25.4mm)8 ISO 7005-2 PN16 8” (200mm) 115/8” (295mm) 29/32” (23mm) 13½” (343mm) 1” (25.4mm)12 4. Valve Exterior’s Color: Valve Size Color 2” (50 mm) Black or Red 2½” (65 mm) Black or Red 76 mm Red 3” (80 mm) Black or Red 4” (100 mm) Black or Red 165 mm Red 6” (150 mm) Black or Red 8” (200 mm) Black or Red 5. Face to face dimensions: Valve Size:End Connection:End to End: 2" (50mm), 2½" (65mm), 76mm & 3" (80mm)Groove/ Groove 12½" (318mm) 4" (100mm) Groove/ Groove 14" (356mm) Flange/ Groove 16" (406mm) Flange/ Flange 16" (406mm) 6" (150mm) & 165mm Groove/ Groove 16" (406mm) Flange/ Groove 19" (483mm) Flange/ Flange 19" (483mm) 8" (200mm)Groove/ Groove 19 3/8” (492mm) Flange/ Flange 21¼" (540mm) 6. Valve Shipping Weight: Valve Size: End Connection: Weight: 2" (50mm), 2½" (65mm), 76mm & 3" (80mm)Groove/ Groove 34 lbs (15 kg) 4" (100mm) Groove/ Groove 64 lbs (29 kg Flange/ Groove 79 lbs (36 kg) Flange/ Flange 92 lbs (42 kg) 6" (150mm) & 165mm Groove/ Groove 95 lbs (43 kg) Flange/ Groove 122 lbs (56 kg) Flange/ Flange 138 lbs (69 kg) 8" (200mm)Groove/ Groove 148 lbs (67 kg) Flange/ Flange 197 lbs (90 kg) 4. 5. Fig. 4 6. Fig. 5 7. Fig. 6 8. Table A Water Pressure psi (bar) Pneumatic Pressure to be Pumped into Sprinkler System psi (bar) Maximum Not Less Than Not More Than 20 (1.4) 10 (.7) 14 (1.0) 50 (3.4) 12 (.8) 16 (1.1) 75 (5.2) 13 (.9) 17 (1.2) 100 (6.9) 15 (1.) 19 (1.3) 125 (8.6) 16 (1.1) 20 (1.4) 150 (10.3) 17 (1.2) 21 (1.4) 175 (12.1) 18 (1.2) 22 (1.5) 200 (13.8) 19 (1.3) 23 (1.6) 225 (15.5) 21 (1.4) 25 (1.7) 250 (17.2) 22 (1.5) 26 (1.8) 275 (19.) 23 (1.6) 27 (1.9) 300 (20.7) 24 (1.7) 28 (1.9) *Note: During system set-up, a higher pneumatic pressure may be required in order to properly set the Model LP Dry Valve Ac- tuator. The Electric Actuation Trim (see Fig. 8 or Fig. 9) is used when electric detection and releasing are desired. This trim set includes a solenoid valve (175 psi (12,1 bar) or 300 psi (20,7 bar) rated), one and one quarter main drain for 2” (50mm), 2½” (65mm), 76mm & 3” (80mm) valve sizes or a two inch main drain for 4” (100mm), 6” (150mm), 165mm & 8” (200mm) valve sizes, alarm test supply pressure gauge, push rod chamber pressure gauge, push rod chamber supply connections, and the Model B Hydraulic Manual Emergency Station. Detailed description of electrical operation can be found in Bulletins 707 and 708. The Model B Hydraulic Manual Emergency Station is a stan- dard item in all trim sets. However, the Model A Hydraulic Manu- al Emergency Station, described in Bulletin 506, is also available as an option. All Model DDX Deluge Valves are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc, and certified by UL for Canada (cULus) and certified by Factory Mutual Approvals, only when used with the valve manufacturer’s trim sets. Ordering Information Specify:• Valve Model & Size Valve Part Numbers Valve Size & End Connection Flange Type Color Reliable Part Number 2” (50mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6103022000 Red 6103022001 2½” (65mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6103022500 Red 6103022501 3” (80mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6103030000 Red 6103030001 76mm Grv/Grv N/A Red 6103027600 4” (100mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6103040026 Red 6103040030 4” (100mm) Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Black 6103040044 ASME Class 150 Red 6103040046 ISO PN16 Red 6103040048 4” (100mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6103040045 ASME Class 150 Red 6103040047 ISO PN16 Red 6103040049 6” (168mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6103060024 Red 6103060030 6” (168mm) Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Black 6103060045 ASME Class 150 Red 6103060047 ISO PN16 Red 6103060049 6” (168mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6103060046 ASME Class 150 Red 6103060048 ISO PN16 Red 6103060050 165mm Grv/Grv N/A Red 6103060028 165mm Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Red 6103060051 ISO PN16 Red 6103060052 8” (200mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6103080001 Red 6103080003 8” (200mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6103080016 ASME Class 150 Red 6103080018 ISO PN16 Red 6103080020 • Trim — Wet Pilot Trim, Dry Pilot Trim, or Electric Actuation Trim. Each trim set is available in individual parts, in time-saving, segmentally assembled kit forms, or fully assembled to the Model DDX Deluge Valve with or without a control valve). The Electric Actuation trim is available with a 175 psi (12,1 bar) or 300 psi (20,7 bar) rated solenoid valve. Wet Pilot Line Deluge Trim Part Numbers Valve Size & End Connection Trim Conﬁ gurations Flange Type Color Individual Parts (Model DDX Valve Sold Seperately) Segmentally Assembled (Model DDX Valve Sold Seperately) Fully Assembled to Model DDX Valve w/o Control Valve Fully Assembled to Model DDX Valve w/ Control Valve 2” (50mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6503002004 6503002005 6505020001 6505020000 Red 6505A20001 6505A20000 2½” (65mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505022501 6505022500 Red 6505A22501 6505A22500 3” (80mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505030001 6505030000 Red 6505A30001 6505A30000 76mm Grv/Grv N/A Red 6505A27601 N/A 4” (100mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6503001002 6503001003 6505040201 6505040200 Red 6505A40201 6505A40200 4” (100mm) Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Black 6505043201 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A43201 ISO PN16 Red 6505A44201 4” (100mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505047201 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A47201 ISO PN16 Red 6505A48201 6” (168mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505060201 6505060200 Red 6505A60201 6505A60200 6” (168mm) Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Black 6505063201 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A63201 ISO PN16 Red 6505A64201 6” (168mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505067201 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A67201 ISO PN16 Red 6505A68201 165mm Grv/Grv N/A Red 6505A65201 N/A 165mm Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Red 6505A66201 N/AISO PN16 Red 6505A69201 8” (200mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505080201 6505080200 Red 6505A80201 6505A80200 8” (200mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505087201 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A87201 ISO PN16 Red 6505A88201 Note: For metric installations, a 1¼” NPT x R1¼. ISO 7/1 x Close Nipple (Reliable P/N 98543403) or a 2” NPT x R2. ISO 7/1 x Close Nipple (Reliable P/N 98543401) is sold separately as an adapter for the single drain outlet of the trims.• Additional equipment — Air compressors, electric detection, actuation equipment, and mechanical sprinkler alarms must be ordered separately. These devices are described in Bulletin 700. 9. Dry Pilot Deluge Trim Part Numbers Valve Size & End Connection Trim Conﬁ gurations Flange Type Color Individual Parts (Model DDX Valve Sold Seperately) Segmentally Assembled (Model DDX Valve Sold Seperately) Fully Assembled to Model DDX Valve w/o Control Valve Fully Assembled to Model DDX Valve w/ Control Valve 2” (50mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6503002108 6503002109 6505020006 6505020005 Red 6505A20006 6505A20005 2½” (65mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505022506 6505022505 Red 6505A22506 6505A22505 3” (80mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505030006 6505030005 Red 6505A30006 6505A30005 76mm Grv/Grv N/A Red 6505A27606 N/A 4” (100mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6503001107 6503001108 6505040206 6505040205 Red 6505A40206 6505A40205 4” (100mm) Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Black 6505043206 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A43206 ISO PN16 Red 6505A44206 4” (100mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505047206 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A47206 ISO PN16 Red 6505A48206 6” (168mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505060206 6505060205 Red 6505A60206 6505A60205 6” (168mm) Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Black 6505063206 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A63206 ISO PN16 Red 6505A64206 6” (168mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505067206 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A67206 ISO PN16 Red 6505A68206 165mm Grv/Grv N/A Red 6505A65206 N/A 165mm Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Red 6505A66206 N/AISO PN16 Red 6505A69206 8” (200mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505080206 6505080205 Red 6505A80206 6505A80205 8” (200mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505087206 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A87206 ISO PN16 Red 6505A88206 2” (50mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6503002112 6503002113 6505020008 6505020007 Red 6505A20008 6505A20007 2½” (65mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505022508 6505022507 Red 6505A22508 6505A22507 3” (80mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505030008 6505030007 Red 6505A30008 6505A30007 76mm Grv/Grv N/A Red 6505A27608 N/A 4” (100mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6503001109 6503001110 6505040209 6505040208 Red 6505A40209 6505A40208 4” (100mm) Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Black 6505043209 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A43209 ISO PN16 Red 6505A44209 4” (100mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505047209 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A47209 ISO PN16 Red 6505A48209 6” (168mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505060209 6505060208 Red 6505A60209 6505A60208 6” (168mm) Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Black 6505063209 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A63209 ISO PN16 Red 6505A64209 6” (168mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505067209 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A67209 ISO PN16 Red 6505A68209 165mm Grv/Grv N/A Red 6505A65207 N/A 165mm Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Red 6505A66207 N/AISO PN16 Red 6505A69207 8” (200mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505080209 6505080208 Red 6505A80209 6505A80208 8” (200mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505087209 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A87209 ISO PN16 Red 6505A88209 { { 10. UL/FM ULC Electric Actuation Deluge (Explosion Proof Solenoid Available Upon Request) Trim Part Numbers Valve Size & End Connection Trim Conﬁ gurations Flange Type Color Individual Parts (Model DDX Valve Sold Seperately) Segmentally Assembled (Model DDX Valve Sold Seperately) Fully Assembled to Model DDX Valve w/o Control Valve Fully Assembled to Model DDX Valve w/ Control Valve 2” (50mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6503002507 6503002508 6505020011 6505020010 Red 6505A20011 6505A20010 2½” (65mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505022511 6505022510 Red 6505A22511 6505A22510 3” (80mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505030011 6505030010 Red 6505A30011 6505A30010 76mm Grv/Grv N/A Red 6505A27611 N/A 4” (100mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6503001505 6503001507 6505040211 6505040210 Red 6505A40211 6505A40210 4” (100mm) Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Black 6505043211 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A43211 ISO PN16 Red 6505A44211 4” (100mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505047211 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A47211 ISO PN16 Red 6505A48211 6” (168mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505060211 6505060210 Red 6505A60211 6505A60210 6” (168mm) Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Black 6505063211 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A63211 ISO PN16 Red 6505A64211 6” (168mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505067211 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A67211 ISO PN16 Red 6505A68211 165mm Grv/Grv N/A Red 6505A65211 N/A 165mm Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Red 6505A66211 N/AISO PN16 Red 6505A69211 8” (200mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505080211 6505080210 Red 6505A80211 6505A80210 8” (200mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505087211 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A87211 ISO PN16 Red 6505A88211 2” (50mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6503002511 6503002512 6505020016 6505020015 Red 6505A20016 6505A20015 2½” (65mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505022516 6505022515 Red 6505A22516 6505A22515 3” (80mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505030016 6505030015 Red 6505A30016 6505A30015 76mm Grv/Grv N/A Red 6505A27616 N/A 4” (100mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6503001506 6503001508 6505040216 6505040215 Red 6505A40216 6505A40215 4” (100mm) Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Black 6505043216 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A43216 ISO PN16 Red 6505A44216 4” (100mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505047216 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A47216 ISO PN16 Red 6505A48216 6” (168mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505060216 6505060215 Red 6505A60216 6505A60215 6” (168mm) Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Black 6505063216 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A63216 ISO PN16 Red 6505A64216 6” (168mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505067216 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A67216 ISO PN16 Red 6505A68216 165mm Grv/Grv N/A Red 6505A65216 N/A 165mm Flg/Grv ASME Class 150 Red 6505A66216 N/AISO PN16 Red 6505A69216 8” (200mm) Grv/Grv N/A Black 6505080216 6505080215 Red 6505A80216 6505A80215 8” (200mm) Flg/Flg ASME Class 150 Black 6505087216 N/AASME Class 150 Red 6505A87216 ISO PN16 Red 6505A88216 11. 175 PSI 250 PSI { { Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (800) 431-1588 Sales Offices (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address Manufactured by Recycled Paper Revision lines indicate updated or new data. EG. Printed in U.S.A. 06/15 The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable.Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 90 years, and are installed and serviced by the most highly qualified and reputable sprinkler contractors located throughout the United States, Canada and foreign countries. P/N 9999970438 Nominal Pipe Size Installation Dimensions in Inches (mm) A B C D* D** D*** D**** E F G H J K L M N P Q R 2” (50 mm)8 (203) 7 (178) 9½ (241) 12½ (318) 21¼ (540)N/A N/A 31 (787) 25 (635) 32½ (826) 6 (152) 11¾ (298) 4¼ (108) 5½ (140) 11 (279) 3 (76) 4½ (114) 9¼ (235) 10¼ (260) 2½” (65 mm), 3” (80 mm) & 76 mm 8 (203) 7 (178) 9½ (241) 12½ (318) 22 (559)N/A N/A 31 (787) 25 (635) 32½ (826) 6 (152) 11¾ (298) 4¼ (108) 5½ (140) 11 (279) 3 (76) 4½ (114) 9¼ (235) 10¼ (260) 4” (100 mm)7¼ (184) 7½ (191) 10 (254) 14 (356) 24¼ (616) 16 (406) 16 (406) 31 (787) 25 (635) 32½ (826) 7½ (191) 13¼ (337) 5½ (140) 8¼ (210) 13½ (343) 5 (127) 6¾ (171) 11¾ (298) 11¾ (298) 6” (150 mm) & 165 mm 7¼ (184)8½ (215)11 (280)16 (406)27½ (699)19 (483)19 (483)33½ (851)27½ (699)35 (889)8 (203)13¾ (349)5½ (140)8¼ (210)13¾ (349)4¾ (121)6½ (165)12 (305)12¼ (311) 8” (200 mm)7¼ (184)9¼ (235)11½ (292)193/8 (492)30¼ (768)N/A 21¼ (540)33¾ (857)27¾ (705)35¼ (895)9 (229)14¾ (375)5½ (140)8¼ (210)14½ (368)3½ (89)5¼ (133)12¾ (324)13¼ (337) D* is total takeout for Fully Assembled to Grv/Grv DDX Valve w/o Control Valve Configurations D** is total takeout for Fully Assembled to Grv/Grv DDX Valve w/ Control Valve Configurations D*** is total takeout for Fully Assembled to Flg/Grv DDX Valve w/o Control Valve Configurations D**** is total takeout for Fully Assembled to Flg/Flg DDX Valve w/o Control Valve Configurations Knox® Key Switch 3500 Series For Emergency Override Gated communities, apartment complexes, parking garages, pedestrian gates and industrial receiving areas are just a few applications of the Knox® electric override key switch. It can be ordered with single or dual key options for fire, EMS and law enforcement access. Features and Benefits • Single or dual key switch • Fire, EMS or law enforcement identification labels • One position, two position or momentary switch • Face plate and lock cover ensure weather resistant operation. Electrical Data • SWITCH: SPDT or DPDT • 7 A resistive, 4 A inductive, (sea level), 28 VDC. • 7 A resistive, 2.5 A inductive, (50,000 ft.), 28 VDC. • 7 A resistive or inductive, 115 VAC., 60 Hz. • UL ® and CSA listed: 7 A, 250 VAC. • Temperature tolerance up to +180º F. Ordering Specifications Dimensions: Requires 2 1/4” recessed depth x 3/4” diameter Switch: SPDT or DPDT; 7A resistive, 4A inductive., key removable two position. Mounting: Key switch is designed to be recess mounted. P/N: 3500 Series Knox Key Switch (mfr’s cat. ID) Mfr’s Name: KNOX COMPANY Single Switch Model 3502 Dual Switch Model 3503 POLICE NORMAL EMERGENCY 4-5/8" PLATE 4-1/2" Mounting holes fit standard double electric switch box (typ.) FIRE NORMAL EMERGENCY Highly reflective operation decal Label color red for Fire Department NOTE: Labels also available in yellow for Sheriff and white for Security Label color blue for Police FIRE DEPT 4-1/2" PLATE 2-13/16" PLATE 2-1/4" D CLEARANCE Highly reflective operation decal Label color red for Fire Department 1/8" thick aluminum mounting plate with gasket (gasket not shown) Stainless steel Dust Cover with hole for tamper seal 3/4" diameter Mounting holes fit standard single electric switch box (typ.) KNOX COMPANY • 1601 W. Deer Valley Road, Phoenix, AZ 85027 • (800) 552-5669 • (623) 687-2300 • Fax (623) 687-2299 • Web: www.knoxbox.com • E-mail: info@knoxbox.com MKT-KBSPEC-0026-D© Copyright 2012. Knox Company Knox® Rapid Entry System The Knox Company manufactures a complete line of high security products including Knox-Box key boxes, key vaults, cabinets, key switches, padlocks, locking FDC caps, plugs and electronic master key security systems. For more information or technical assistance, please call Customer Service at 1-800-552-5669. AHEAD OF THE FLOW® www.nibco.com NIBCO INC. WORLD HEADQUARTERS • 1516 MIDDLEBURY ST. • ELKHART, IN 46516-4740 • USA • PH: 1.800.234.0227 TECH SERVICES PH: 1.888.446.4226 • FAX: 1.888.234.0557 • INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH: +1.574.295.3327 • FAX: +1.574.295.3455www.nibco.com 30 AHEAD OF THE FLOW® www.nibco.com NIBCO INC. WORLD HEADQUARTERS • 1516 MIDDLEBURY ST. • ELKHART, IN 46516-4740 • USA • PH: 1.800.234.0227 TECH SERVICES PH: 1.888.446.4226 • FAX: 1.888.234.0557 • INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH: +1.574.295.3327 • FAX: +1.574.295.3455www.nibco.com Revision 9/7/2012 MATERIAL LIST PART SPECIFICATION 1. Upper Stem Stainless Steel ASTM A582 Type 416 2. Upper Bushing PTFE Bronze Sintered on Steel 3. "O" Ring EPDM 4. Body Ductile Iron ASTM A395 with Polyamide Coating 5. Disc Ductile Iron ASTM A395 with EPDM Encapsulation 6. Lower Bushing PTFE Bronze Sintered on Steel 7. Lower Stem Stainless Steel ASTM A582 Type 416 8. Dust Plug PVC 9. Nameplate Aluminum 10. Gear Operator Cast Iron and Steel 11. Indicator Flag Cast Iron 12. Handwheel Cast Iron *-8N version has two factory mounted internal supervisory switches. -4N version is gear operated only Uses NIBCO model #TS-4 Switch Kit. Polyamide coating has NSF certification. UL/ULC LISTED • FM APPROVED • 2¹⁄₂" - 10" UL LISTED FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR SERVICE • CALIFORNIA STATE FIRE MARSHALL LISTING NO. 7770-1243:101 • APPROVED BY THE NEW YORK CITY MEA 9-97-E, VOL.2 WHEN ASSEMBLED WITH APPROPRIATE NYC INDICATOR FLAG Fire Protection Valve • Grooved Mechanical Style • Nylon Coated Ductile Iron Body • Extended Neck • Elastomer Encapsulated Disc • Internal Supervisory Switches Standard on -8 Version • Compatible with IPS Pipe DIMENSIONS—WEIGHTS—QUANTITIES Dimensions Size A B C D E F G H In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. 2¹⁄₂ 65 2.88 73 2.72 69 0.31 8 0.63 16 3.85 98 2.42 61 11.94 303 2.91 74 3 O.D. 76.1 3.00 76 2.84 72 0.31 8 0.63 16 3.85 98 2.42 61 11.94 303 2.91 74 3 80 3.50 89 3.34 85 0.31 8 0.63 16 3.85 98 2.86 73 12.48 317 2.91 74 4 100 4.50 114 4.33 110 0.38 10 0.63 16 4.56 116 3.84 98 14.18 360 2.91 74 5 125 5.56 141 5.39 137 0.38 10 0.63 16 5.86 149 4.79 122 15.17 385 2.91 74 6 150 6.63 168 6.45 164 0.38 10 0.63 16 5.86 149 5.73 146 17.54 446 2.91 74 6 ¹⁄₂ O.D. 165.1 6.51 165 6.32 161 0.38 10 0.63 16 5.86 149 5.73 146 17.54 446 2.91 74 8 200 8.63 219 8.44 214 0.44 11 0.75 19 5.26 134 7.71 196 19.42 493 2.91 74 10 250 10.75 273 10.56 268 0.50 13 0.75 19 6.29 160 9.56 243 24.03 610 3.90 99 Dimensions Size J K L M N P Q R Weight In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. Lbs. Kg. 2¹⁄₂ 65 3.54 90 2.13 54 5.82 148 5.67 144 4.19 106 3.25 83 5.9 150 3.46 88 22 10.0 3 O.D. 76.1 3.54 90 2.13 54 5.82 148 5.67 144 4.19 106 3.25 83 5.9 150 3.46 88 22 10.4 3 80 3.54 90 2.13 54 5.82 148 5.94 151 4.44 113 3.54 90 5.9 150 3.97 101 23 10.4 4 100 3.54 90 2.13 54 7.64 194 6.31 173 5.33 135 4.35 110 5.9 150 5.03 128 28 12.7 5 125 3.54 90 2.13 54 7.64 194 7.32 186 5.83 148 4.84 123 5.9 150 6.27 159 31 14.1 6 150 3.54 90 2.13 54 7.64 194 8.62 219 7.11 181 5.93 151 5.9 150 7.25 184 41 18.6 6 ¹⁄₂ O.D. 165.1 3.54 90 2.13 54 7.64 194 8.62 219 7.11 181 5.93 151 5.9 150 7.25 184 41 18.6 8 200 3.54 90 2.13 54 7.91 201 9.80 249 8.05 204 6.87 174 9.8 250 9.25 235 53 24.1 10 250 3.98 101 3.03 77 9.49 241 11.61 295 9.86 250 9.17 233 18.0 457 11.80 300 88 40.0 GD-4765-8N* Grooved 2¹⁄₂" thru 8" GD-1765-8N 10" (not shown) 300 lb. WWP UL/FM Butterfly Valves INDOOR/OUTDOOR Rev. 1 Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Bulletin 807 Rev. JBulletin 807 Rev. J Model G Swing Check Valves 2½” (65 mm), 76 mm 3” (80 mm), 4” (100 mm), 6” (150 mm), 165 mm & 8” (200 mm) Features1. Grooved end connections.2. Compact, lightweight design.3. Non–slamming, spring loaded clapper to minimize water hammer.4. Approved for horizontal and vertical instal-lation.5. Streamlined body design provides very low friction loss.6. Elastomer faced clapper provides leak–free, non–sticking sealing. General Reliable Model G Swing Check Valves are multiple pur- pose valves performing regular check valve duties with very low friction loss. All four sizes are approved for use in fire protection systems. Typical applications include con- nections between public water supplies and private fire systems, at the discharge from fire pumps, at gravity tank connections and at fire department pumper connections. All Model G Check Valves are provided with a ½” NPT (R½) supply side connection (Item 12, Fig.2). Grooved end connections provide fast and easy in- stallation using listed or approved mechanical grooved couplings. Rigid style grooved couplings can be used for positive clamping to resist flexural and tor- sional loads. Swing Check Valves and associ- ated equipment should periodically be given a thorough inspection and test. NFPA 25 provides minimum maintenance requirements. Check valves should be inspected and operated at least annu- ally. Parts should be replaced as required. When Model G Swing Check Valves are installed verti- cally, the direction of the flow arrow must point upward. For horizontal installations, the hinge pin must be located at the top. Figure 1 Valve Description 1. Rated working pressure 250 psi (17,25 bar). 2. Factory hydrostatic test pressure 500 psi (34,5 bar). 3. Friction loss, expressed in equivalent length of Sch. 40 pipe with C = 120 (based on Hazen and Williams formula): 2½” (65 mm) & 76 mm - 7 ft (2.13 m) 3” (80 mm) - 7 ft (2.13 m) 4” (100 mm) - 10 ft (3.05 m) 6” (150 mm) & 165 mm - 16 ft (4.88 m) 8” (200 mm) - 15.9 ft (4.85 m) 4. Standard grooved end dimensions per ANSI/AWWA C606. Technical Data Valve Size Face–to–Face Dimensions Shipping weight 2½” (65 mm) & 76 mm 7.12” (181 mm) 9 lbs. (4kg) 3” (80 mm) 7.62” (193 mm) 11 lbs. (5kg) 4” (100 mm) 8.44” (214 mm) 17 lbs. (7.7kg) 6” (150 mm) & 165 mm 10.25” (260 mm) 38 lbs. (17.25kg) 8” (200 mm) 12.5” (318 mm) 63 lbs. (28.58kg) Ϯ Ϯ͘ϱ ϯ ϯ͘ϱ ϰ ϰ͘ϱ ϱ ƌĞƌŽƉ͕W^/;ďĂƌͿWƌĞƐƐƵƌĞƌŽƉǀƐ͘&ůŽǁZĂƚĞ DŽĚĞů'^ǁŝŶŐŚĞĐŬsĂůǀĞƐ ;Ϭ͕ϯϰͿ ;Ϭ͕ϯϭͿ ;Ϭ͕ϮϴͿ ;Ϭ͕ϮϰͿ ;Ϭ͕ϮϭͿ ;Ϭ͕ϭϳͿ ;ϬϭϰͿ Ϭ Ϭ͘ϱ ϭ ϭ͘ϱ Ϭ ϱϬϬ ϭϬϬϬ ϭϱϬϬ ϮϬϬϬ ϮϱϬϬ ϯϬϬϬ ϯϱϬϬ ϰϬϬϬ ϰϱϬϬ ϱϬϬϬWƌĞƐƐƵƌ &ůŽǁZĂƚĞ͕'WD;>ͬŵŝŶͿ ;Ϭ͕ϭϰͿ ;Ϭ͕ϭϬͿ ;Ϭ͕ϬϳͿ ;Ϭ͕ϬϯϰͿ ;ϭϴϵϯͿ ;ϯϳϴϱͿ ;ϱϲϳϴͿ;ϳϱϳϭͿ ;ϵϰϲϰͿ ;ϭϭϯϱϲͿ ;ϭϯϮϰϵͿ ;ϭϱϭϰϮͿ ;ϭϳϬϯϰͿ ;ϭϴϵϮϳͿ ϴϬϳ,Zd Approvals 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 2. Underwriters’ Laboratories certified for Canada. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corp.* 4. NYC MEA 258-93-E * FM Approved as both a “Single” check valve and as an “Anti-Water Hammer” check valve. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (800) 431-1588 Sales Offices (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address Manufactured by RecycledPaper Revision lines indicate updated or new data. EG. Printed in U.S.A. 12/14 The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable.Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 90 years, and are installed and serviced by the most highly qualified and reputable sprinkler contractors located throughout the United States, Canada and foreign countries. P/N 9999970071 Valve Disassembly 1. Close the main water supply valve and drain the system. 2. Remove the check valve from the piping system. 3. Inspect the Seat (2) for any cuts, scrapes and dents. Replace the valve if any damage is found. 4. To replace the Facing Seal (4), remove the Clapper (3), unscrew the Locknut (10) and remove the Reten- tion Bolt (9). Valve Reassembly 1. Thoroughly clean the Clapper (3). Insert the Retention Bolt (9) with a new Gasket (6). 2. Place the new Facing Seal (4) and the Clamping Ring (5) against the Clapper (3). Tighten the new Locknut (10) to 21 in.-lbs. (2.37 N•m) torque in 2½” (65 mm), 76 mm & 3” (80 mm) sizes and to 52 in.-lbs. (5.87 N•m) in 4” (100 mm), 6” (150 mm), 165 mm & 8” (200 mm) sizes. 3. Insert the clapper assembly into the valve through the downstream opening. Reinsert the Hinge Pin (8) while holding the coils of the properly oriented Spring (7) in place. Install the hinge pin Plug (11). 4. Reinstall the check valve in the system. 5. Place the system back in service. Ordering Information Specify: 1. Model G Right–Check™ Valve. 2. Size. Contact the installing contractor or Reliable if any difficulties are expe- rienced. Should replacement parts be needed, use only genuine Reli- able parts. Refer to figure 2. Item No.Part Name Material Qty. Part Number 2½” (65 mm)76 mm 3” (80 mm) 4” (100 mm) 6” (150 mm) 165 mm 8” (200 mm) 1* Valve Body Gray Iron, ASTM–A48 Class 30A 1 91005012 91005011 91005013 91005014 91005016 91006015 91005008 2* Seat Bronze C83600 or C93200, ASTM–B505 1 96020200 96020200 96020300 96020400 96020600 96020600 96020800 3 Clapper Stainless Steel 304, ASTM–A240 1 91816112 91816112 91816113 91816114 91816116 91816116 91816118 4 Facing Seal ** EPDM Rubber 1 95520200 95520200 95520300 95520400 95520600 95520600 95520800 5 Clamping Ring Stainless Steel 304, ASTM–A240 1 95290300 95290300 95290300 95290400 95290600 95290600 95290800 6 Gasket ** EPDM Rubber 1 93720604 93720604 93720604 93720604 93720604 93720604 93720804 7 Spring Stainless Steel 302, ASTM–A313 1 96400300 96400300 96400300 96400400 96400600 96400600 96400800 8 Hinge Pin Stainless Steel 303, ASTM–A582 1 95000280 95000280 95000300 95006824 95000600 95000600 95000800 9 Bolt Stainless Steel 304, ASTM–F593 1 91090600 91090600 91090600 91090600 91090600 91090600 91090800 10 Locknut ** Stainless Steel 303, ASTM–F594 1 94913816 94913816 94913816 94913816 94913816 94913816 94913816 11 Plug, ¼” NPT Steel 1 95201800 95201800 95201800 95201800 95201800 95201800 95201800 12 Plug, ½” NPT Steel 1 98604402 98604402 98604402 98604402 98604402 98604402 98604402 13 Shoulder Eye Steel 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 98020016 ** Replacement Seal Kit 1 6888040025 6888040025 6888040030 6888040040 6888040060 6888040060 6888040080 * Not field replaceable. Figure 2 Specifications Material: Cast Brass* Pressure Rated: 300psi Approximate Size: Take-Out 1/41/4”: 2” IPS 61/4” 21/2” IPS 7” 3” IPS 63/4” 4” IPS 8” Configurations: (Inlet x Outlet) MNPT x FNPT MNPT x GRV GRV x GRV *Contains lead. Not for use in water systems intended for human consumption. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 TEL + 1 760 599-1168 + 1 800 344-1822 FAX + 1 800 344-3775 © 2012 Fire Protection Products, Inc. Description Check valves feature cast brass* bodies with a spring loaded clapper assembly making this valve suitable for vertical or horizontal installations. Features metal faced clapper with O-ring seat. Rated to 300 psi. Valve bodies are tapped and plugged 1/2” IPS for additional equipment such as a ball drip valve when used in conjunction with a Fire Department Connection or a pressure gauge when used in a supply line. Installation Install in accordance with approved installation practices. Use an approved thread sealant such as PipeFit Thread Sealing Paste with PTFE on all threaded connections. Make sure that proper lubrication has been applied to groove coupling gaskets for groove end valves. DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN THREADED CONNECTIONS. OVERTIGHTENING MAY CAUSE DISTORTION OF THE BODY AND THREADS OF THE VALVE LEADING TO IMPROPER PERFORMANCE AND PRODUCT FAILURE. WWW.FPPI.COM Check Valves UL, ULC and FM 81 8-1+ FIRE DEPT. INLET CONN. EXPOSED TYPE 6405-6425 SERIES Page 6-15 SINGLE CLAPPER TWO-WAY INLETS An exposed auxiliary inlet connection with 500 G.P.M. inlet capacity to supplement fire protection water supply. Exposed design provides an economical method of satisfying Fire Dept. inlet requirements. STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Cast brass two-way inlet body only with single swing clapper and pin lug swivel back or angle outlet connection as selected by figure number. SPECIFY THREAD. "Auto Spkr."BRANDING:FINISH: Cast Brass OPTIONAL FINISHES: PB - Polished Brass RC - Rough Chrome Plated PC - Polished Chrome Plated *U/L LISTED ___________________________________________________ Model C 6 1/2 Outlet Dimensions Style A B 6405 Back 5 1/4 8 5/64 6407 Angle 6 5/16 7 11/16 4 3/4 DOUBLE CLAPPER TWO-WAY INLETS An exposed auxiliary inlet connection with 500 G.P.M. Inlet capacity to supplement fire protection water supply. Exposed design provides an economical method of satisfying Fire Department Inlet requirements. STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Cast brass two-way inlet body only with double drop clappers and pin lug swivels; back or angle outlet connection as selected by figure number. Branding as selected. SPECIFY THREAD AND BRANDING. BRANDING: "Standpipe", "Auto Spkr." FINISH: Cast Brass OPTIONAL FINISHES: PB - Polished Brass RC - Rough Chrome Plated PC - Polished Chrome Plated *U/L LISTED NY BSA-MEA APPROVED 6407 Angle Outlet 6420 Angle Outlet Outlet Style Dimensions Back Angle Size B C DAE *6410 4 X 2 1/2 X 2 1/2 9 5/8 12 1/4 6420 4 X 2 1/2 X 2 1/2 11 3/4 9 5/8 7 1/4 6412 6 X 2 1/2 X 2 1/2 10 1/4 11 3/4 6422 6 X 2 1/2 X 2 1/2 12 1/2 10 1/8 7 1/2 6413 4 X 3 X 3 10 12 1/2 6423 4 X 3 X 3 12 1/2 10 1/8 7 1/2 6414 5 X 3 X 3 10 1/8 12 1/2 6424 5 X 3 X 3 12 1/4 10 1/2 7 1/2 6415 6 X 3 X 3 10 3/8 12 1/2 6425 6 X 3 X 3 12 1/4 10 7/8 7 1/4 Figure No. 6410-6415 Figure No. 6420-6425 6410 Back Outlet Figure No. 6405 Figure No. 6407 6405 Back Outlet HOSE VALVES 5000 SERIES Page 5-3 ANGLE VALVES 300LB. RATED Fire Department Valves Fire Hose Rack Assembly Valves FEMALE X MALE DOUBLE FEMALE STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Female STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Female NPT inlet and male hose thread NPT inlet and outlet cast brass valve outlet cast brass valve with wheel with wheel handle handle.OPTIONAL FINISHES: PB- Polished Brass RC- Rough Chrome Plated PC- Polished Chrome Plated U/L LISTED AND FM APPROVED NY BSA/MEA APPROVED NY BSA/MEA APPROVED ___________________________________________________ SPECIFY THREAD Figure No. 5010-5015 Figure No. 5020-5025 Figure No. 5030-5035 Figure No. 5040-5045 SPECIFY THREAD 5010 5015 Figure No. 5020 5025 Size 1 1/2" 2 1/2" A 2 11/64 3 3/16 B 2 7/32 3 3/16 C-Closed 6 5/8 9 1/4 C-Open 7 21/22 11 D 3 3/4 5 E 2 7/16 3 19/32 F 2 13/16 3 19/32 U/L Listed Yes Yes FM Approved Yes Yes NYC Approved Yes Yes 2 13/16 3 19/32 ANGLE VALVES 300LB. RATED Fire Department Valves Fire Hose Rack Assembly Valves FEMALE X MALE DOUBLE FEMALE STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Female STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Female NPT inlet and male hose thread NPT inlet and outlet cast brass valve outlet cast brass valve with wheel with wheel handle handle.OPTIONAL FINISHES: PB- Polished Brass RC- Rough Chrome Plated PC- Polished Chrome Plated U/L LISTED AND FM APPROVED 5030 5035 Figure No. 5040 5045 Size 1 1/2" 2 1/2" A 2 9/64 3 5/32 B 2 17/64 3 3/16 C-Closed 6 1/2 8 3/4 C-Open 7 11/16 10 9/16 D 4 1/64 5 1/8 E 2 7/10 3 1/2 F 2 3/8 3 3/8 U/L Listed Yes Yes ADAPTERS AND BUSHINGS 7200 SERIES Page 7-9 HEX ADAPTERSDOUBLE MALE DOUBLE FEMALE FEMALE X MALE Figure No. 7201 - Cast Brass Figure No. 7220 - Cast Brass Sizes: 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" 4" X 4" Sizes:2 1/2" X 1 1/2" 4 1/2" X 4" 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" 3" X 2 1/2" 21/2"X2" 41/2"X41/2" 21/2"X11/2" 4" X 4" 21/2"X21/2"5" X 5"Figure No. 7215 - Cast Brass 2 1/2" X 2" 4 1/2" X 4" 3" X 2 1/2" 6" X 4 1/2"Sizes:2 1/2" X 2 1/2" 6" X 4 1/2" 6" X 6" 11/2"X11/2"6" X 6" ADAPTERS PINLUG DOUBLE MALE DOUBLE FEMALESWIVEL FEMALE X MALE Figure No. 7230 - Cast Brass Figure No. 7245 Sizes: 1 1/2" X 1 1/2"Figure No. 7235 - Cast Brass Sizes: 2 1/2" X 3/4" 2 1/2" X 2" 2 1/2" X 2 1/2" Sizes: 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" 2 1/2" X 1" 3" X 2 1/2" 2 1/2" X 2 1/2" 2 1/2" X 1 1/2" FEMALE X MALE MALE X MALE FEMALE X MALE BUSHING OR ROCKERLUG Figure No. 7255 - Cast Brass Figure No. 7280 - Cast BrassSizes: 1 1/2" X 2 1/2"Sizes:6" Female NPT X 4" Male NPT2" X 2 1/2" 21/2"X21/2" Figure No. 7260-Cast Brass Sizes: 3"X21/2"21/2"X 3" OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST OPTIONAL FINISHES PB- POLISHED BRASS RC- ROUGH CHROME PC- POLISHED CHROME ADAPTER NO LUGS OR ROCKERLUG 21/2"X21/2" INCREASER PINLUG 8" Female NPT X 6" Male NPT FLOW TEST NIPPLEMALE X MALE Sizes:3"X21/2" NEW YORK CITY Figure No. 7285 (2"INTERNAL THREAD) STORZ X STORZLIGHTWEIGHT ADAPTER Figure No. 7290-Aluminum 4" X 6" 5" X 6" Sizes: STORZ X THREADEDADAPTER Figure No. 7295-Aluminum 21/2"X21/2"5" X 5"3" X 2 1/2"6" X 6"4" X 4" Sizes: VALVES & ACCESSORIES5660-5770 SERIES Page 5-18 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE CAPS AND CHAINS Used to cover and protect male outlet threads on valves and hydrants. Prevents entry of foreign matter. CAST BRASS WITH CHAIN For use on all closed systems to prevent damage in the event of a malfunction due to some foreign object or matter becoming lodged in an automatic regulating or control valve. Featuring a pop-type relief action for maximum performance. Fig. No. With Fig. No. With Pin Lugs Rocker Lugs Size 5709 5710 1 1/2 5713 5714 2 1/2 5715 5716 3 5717 5718 4 OPTIONAL FINISHES: Figure Press. Set Dimensional Data (Inches)PB - Polished Brass No.(PSI) Inlet Outlet A B C RC - Rough Chrome Plated 5660 15-175 3/4 3/4 3 3 1 PC - Polished Chrome Plated 5661 175 1/2 1/2 1 3/4 1 15/16 SPECIFY THREAD CAST HARDCOATED PLASTIC CAP ALUMINUM CAP WITH CHAIN WITH CHAIN Fig. No. Size THREE WAY GAUGE VALVE 5721 1 1/2 For use with Sprinkler System gauges. 5722 2 1/2 NY BSA/MEA Approved 5723 3 Standard Equipment: 1/4" valve NPT Bronze three way globe valve with handwheel. Female inlets. 175 PSI.VALVE ESCUTCHEONS Figure No.Size Used to trim pipe into cabinet. 5662 1/4 GLOBE VALVES RISING STEM For use with Sprinkler System gauges. Standard Equipment:Figure No.Size Material Bronze with telfon seat. 5730 1 1/2 Stamped Steel Cadmium Plated 125 WSP.5735 2 1/2 Stamped Steel Cadmium Plated Figure No. Size Figure No.Size Material 5663 1/4 5750 1 1/2 Cast Brass 5664 3/8 5755 2 1/2 Cast Brass 5665 1/2 5666 3/4 OPTIONAL FINISHES: 5667 1 PB-- Polished brass 5668 1 1/4 RC-- Rough Chrome Plated 5669 1 1/2 PC-- Polished Chrome Plated 5670 2 OPTIONAL FINISHES: SPECIFY FIGURE NO RC - Rough Chrome Plated SIZE-FINISH 3/4 Available with 3/4 Male or 3/4 female inlet with 3/4" Female Outlet Fig. No. 5720 2 1/2 Size Figure No. 5663-5670 ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____________________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Figure No. 5660 Figure No. 5709-5713 Figure No. 5662 NIBCO INC. WORLD HEADQUARTERS • 1516 MIDDLEBURY ST. • ELKHART, IN 46516-4740 • USA • PH: 1.800.234.0227 TECH SERVICES PH: 1.888.446.4226 • FAX: 1.800.234.0557 • INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH: +1.574.295.3221 • FAX: +1.574.295.3455 www.nibco.com18 AHEAD OF THE FLOW ™ www.nibco.com Revised 8/01/03 300 lb. WWP Bronze Ball Valves Fire Protection Valve • Two-Piece Body • Chrome Plated Ball • Blowout-Proof Stem • Reinforced TFE Seats MATERIAL LIST PART SPECIFICATION 1. Handle Nut Zinc Plated Steel 2. Handle Zinc Plated Steel Clear Chromate with Plastisol Grip 3. Threaded Pack Gland Brass ASTM B 16 4. Packing TFE 5. Stem Silicon Bronze ASTM B 371 Alloy C69430 or ASTM B 99 Alloy C65100 6. Thrust Washer Reinforced TFE 7. Ball Brass ASTM B 124 Alloy C37700 or ASTM B 16 Alloy C36000 with Hard Chrome Plate 8. Seat Ring (2) Reinforced TFE 9. Body Cast Red Bronze ASTM B 584 Alloy C84400 10. Body End Piece Cast Red Bronze ASTM B 584 Alloy C84400 ¹⁄₄" and ³⁄₈" size only has a 304 stainless steel grounding washer. 300 PSI/20.7 Bar Non-Shock Cold Water CONFORMS TO MSS SP-110 • UL LISTED† • FMRC APPROVED† DIMENSIONS—WEIGHTS—QUANTITIES KT-585-70-UL Dimensions Size A B C D Port Weight Box Master In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. Lbs. Kg. Qty. Ctn. Qty. ¹⁄₄8 2.00 51 1.75 44 5.00 127 .38 10 .45 .20 10 100 ³⁄₈10 2.00 51 1.75 44 5.00 127 .38 10 .45 .20 10 100 ¹⁄₂15 2.44 62 1.88 48 5.19 132 .50 13 .64 .29 10 100 ³⁄₄20 2.94 75 2.25 57 6.25 159 .75 19 1.33 .60 5 50 1 25 3.34 85 2.38 59 6.44 164 1.00 25 1.79 .81 5 20 KT-580-70-UL Dimensions Size A B C D Port Weight Box Master In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. Lbs. Kg. Qty. Ctn. Qty. 1¹⁄₄32 3.94 100 2.63 67 6.75 171 1.00 25 2.17 .99 5 20 1¹⁄₂40 4.31 110 3.00 76 8.91 228 1.25 32 3.27 1.49 5 20 2 50 4.63 117 3.25 83 9.06 230 1.50 38 5.09 2.31 5 10 2¹⁄₂65 5.84 148 3.53 90 9.66 245 2.00 51 8.25 3.79 2 6 3 80 7.09 202 4.41 112 11.53 293 2.50 64 15.65 7.11 1 4 †UL Listed, FMRC Approved for trim and drain use – sizes ¹⁄₄" thru 2". KT-585-70-UL Full Port NPT x NPT KT-580-70-UL Standard Port NPT x NPT KT-585-70-UL ¹⁄₄" - 1" Full Port Threaded KT-580-70-UL 1¹⁄₄" - 3" Standard Port Threaded Dezincification Resistant FIRE DEPARTMENT CONN. ACCESSORIES6750 SERIES Page 6-22 BREAKABLE CAPS For use on Fire Department inlet connections. Prevents entry of foreign matter and protect female threads. Breakable ears feature permits fast hose connection. STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Cast iron, Aluminum or plastic cap with breakable ears, two eyebolts with nuts for attachment to female pin lug swivel. SPECIFY SIZE AND COLOR. FINISH: Painted R-Red G-Green Y -Yellow ROUND ESCUTCHEON PLATES Used to identify and trim exposed Fire Dept. Connection Installations. STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Brass or red painted aluminum plate, size and material as selected by figure number. Branding as selected. SPECIFY BRANDING and FINISH. BRANDING: "Standpipe", "Auto Spkr.", "Standpipe-Sprinkler", "Dry Standpipe", "Wall Hydrant", "Fire Pump Test". (Figure No. 6766 "Auto Spkr.", "Standpipe", "Standpipe- Sprinkler"). Special lettering available. OPTIONAL FINISHES: PB- Polished Brass RC- Rough Chrome Plated Brass PC- Polished Chrome Plated Brass RECTANGULAR WALL PLATES Used for identifying Fire Dept. Connections. STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Brass or red painted 4 1/2" X 10" plate, material as selected by figure number. Branding as selected. SPECIFY BRANDING AND MATERIAL. OPTIONAL FINISHES: PB- Polished Brass RC- Rough Chrome Plated Brass PC- Polished Chrome Plated Brass BRANDING: "Standpipe", "Auto Spkr.", "Standpipe-Auto Spkr.", "Dry Standpipe", "Fire Pump Test". SPECIAL LETTERING AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST. ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ AUTOMATIC BALL DRIP Used to drain low point of system between swing check valve and Fire Dept. Connection. Must be installed in a horizontal position. STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Cast brass straight or angle connection, Male NPT both ends. Size and Style selected by figure number.____________________________________________________________________________________________ Fig. No. 6778 Fig. No. 6750- Fig. No. 6760-6766 Fig. No. 6770 6751 Model No. Size Finish 6750 2 1/2" Iron 6751 3" Iron 6752 2 1/2" Aluminum 6753 2 1/2" Plastic SILLCOCK Used to manually drain low point of system between swing check valve and Fire Dept. connection. STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Cast brass flanged Sillcock with 3/4" Fem. NPT inlet X Male G.H.T. OPTIONAL FINISHES: PB- Polished Brass RC- Rough Chrome Plated Brass PC- Polished Chrome Plated Brass Fig. No. 6790 Fig. No. 6782-67836780-6781 Fig. No. Figure No. Size Plate Diameter Material 6758 2 1/2" 6 1/2" Brass 6759 3" 7 5/8" Brass 6760 4" 9 1/2" Brass 6762 5" 10 5/8" Brass 6764 6" 11 7/8" Brass 6765 8" 14 1/2" Brass 6766 4" 9 1/2" Aluminum 6770 4" (Sillcock) 9 1/2" Brass Figure No. Material 6778 Brass Figure No. Size Style 6780 1/2" Straight 6781 3/4" Straight 6782 1/2" Angle 6783 3/4" Angle Superior Coating Dyna-Thread – M-COAT products are coated with an environmentally approved and specially formulated modiﬁed-acrylic or water-based coating. This durable coating is paintable and acts as an excellent primer while resisting weather and UV degradation from outdoor storage. The internal surface of all black Allied Tube & Conduit ﬁre sprinkler pipe products are coated with M-COAT, an advanced MIC coating that is FM approved for use American Made Able to meet “Buy American” requirements, and is available through distributors in the USA, Canada, Mexico and Latin America. Speciﬁcations & Approvals Dyna-Thread – M-COAT pipe is manufactured to meet ASTM A-135, Type E Grade A, is in compliance with NFPA-13 and all sizes are rated at 300 psi working pressure. Dyna-Thread – M-COAT is UL and cUL listed for wet, dry deluge and pre-action sprinkler systems and FM approved for use in wet systems. Dyna-Thread – M-COAT can be hot dip galvanized** to meet FM requirements for use in dry systems. Dyna-Thread – M-COAT is approved for all threaded couplings and welded outlets and is suitable for all roll-grooved and plain end ﬁttings. • Exceptional hydraulics • Lightweight and easy to install • Available factory roll grooved • M-COAT ID • UL and cUL listed • FM approved Combining the safety and longevity of Sch-40 with quality and hydraulic advantages. Dyna-Thread® – M-COAT® pipe is the full line Schedule 40 replacement with the same CRR of Schedule 40, 1.00, providing Dyna-Thread – M-COAT with the same life expectancy as Sch-40. With outstanding hydraulic capabilities, Dyna-Thread – M-COAT is a more widely accepted product substitution than lightwall threadable pipe when Sch-40 is speciﬁed. Dyna-Thread – M-COAT’s inside diameter is up to 3.6% larger than Sch-40 and provides improved hydraulics. When used in combination with Dyna-Flow pipe, down sizing of pipe and related components often occurs, thereby reducing costs. The consistent quality of steel used to make Dyna-Thread – M-COAT facilitates smooth threading and lower maintenance costs. Increased strength and lighter weight allows Dyna-Thread – M-COAT to reduce installation fatigue and makes it ideal for retro-ﬁt applications. Dyna-Thread® – M-COAT ® Full Line Schedule 40 Replacement Customer Service (800) 882-5543 Fax: (800) 659-7730 www.alliedtube-sprinkler.com • 16100 S Lathrop Ave. • 11350 Norcom Rd. • 2525 N 27th Ave. Harvey, IL 60426 Philadelphia, PA 19154 Phoenix, AZ 85009 ©2013 Atkore International, Inc. All Rights Reserved. STP-S3-3M-1301 Dyna-Thread – M-COAT NPS Nominal I.D.Wt.Wt. (H20 Filled)CRR CRR In; mm In; mm Lbs/Ft; kg/m Lbs/Ft; kg/m Unthreaded Threaded 1”1.080 1.330 1.75 11.39 1.00 25 27.4 2.0 2.60 –– 1¼”1.408 1.870 2.54 9.50 1.00 32 35.8 2.8 3.78 –– 1½”1.639 2.290 3.22 9.14 1.00 40 41.6 3.4 4.79 –– 2”2.104 3.050 4.57 8.41 1.00 50 53.4 4.5 6.80 –– ** Must be ordered in 10 bundle increments Eddythread 40 A Lightweight Schedule 40 Replacement Pipe That Has a Corrosion Resistance Ratio of 1.0 Bull Moose Tube Company has been making pipe for a long time and is recognized as a producer of quality pipe products. Eddythread 40 is designed with the same thoroughness as our other fine pipe products and now our customers have an option to buy a carefully designed replacement for Schedule 40 that: • Has a Corrosion Resistance Ratio of 1.0 • Has a Pressure Rating of 300 psi • Is Lighter Weight Than Schedule 40 • Is Approved by Factory Mutual and Listed by Underwriters Laboratories • Is Produced in Accordance to ASTM A-135 and A-795 • Can be Used With Standard Schedule 40 Threaded Fittings, Couplings and Valves • Is Produced From Steel With Excellent Properties of Strength and Threadability • Can be Used in Wet, Dry, Preaction, and Deluge Type Sprinkler Systems* • Offers Lower Freight Costs EDDYTHREAD 40 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (in) WEIGHT (lbs/ft) I.D. (in) BUNDLE SIZE 1 1.461 1.083 70 1 1/4 2.070 1.418 51 1 1/2 2.547 1.654 44 2 3.308 2.123 30 CORROSION RESISTANCE RATIOS NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (in) SCHEDULE 40 EDDYTHREAD 40 1 1.00 1.00 1 1/4 1.00 1.00 1 1/2 1.00 1.00 2 1.00 1.00 * Eddythread 40 can be hot dipped galvanized to meet FM's requirement for dry systems A company 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO 63017 (800) 325-4467 FAX: (636) 537-2645 www.bullmoosetube.com e-mail:sales@bullmoosetube.com For additional information, contact your salesperson today at (800) 325-4467 or (636) 537-2600 in the USA, or from Canada call (800) 882-4666 All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 8/08 Dyna-Flow® – M-COAT® High Strength Steel Pipe • Exceptional hydraulics • Lightweight and easy to install • Available factory roll grooved • UL and cUL listed • FM approved High Strength Steel Pipe Dyna-Flow® – M-Coat® pipe is the “original” high-strength lightwall sprinkler pipe. Dyna-Flow – M-Coat has outstanding hydraulic capabilities and is recognized as the most popular alternative to Schedule-10 pipe. Lightweight, easy to cut and easy to handle for installation. Dyna-Flow – M-Coat is a valuable addition to any fire protection system. Additional Benefits Lightweight and easy to install, resulting in more efficient use of your freight and labor dollars. Provides stability needed to comply with standard hanger spacing (15 ft O.C.) per NFPA. Available in standard lengths for your convenience, or can be ordered in custom lengths upon approval. Fast cutting and welding, as well as easy roll grooving and end preparation. Available in Factory roll grooved form for quicker shop turnaround. Clean, durable mill coating provides longer“ shelf life” and acts as an excellent primer for custom paint applications. Superior Hydraulics With an inside diameter of up to 11% larger than Schedule 40 and up to 7% larger than Schedule10, Dyna-Flow – M-Coat pipe hydraulics are exceptional. Larger I.D.s enable Dyna-Flow – M-Coat, and related components, to be down-sized within the system, thus increasing the potential for job cost savings. For complete Hazen-Williams charts, refer to “Dyna-Flow Hydraulic Data Tables.” Coatings & Fabrication Dyna-Flow – M-Coat products are coated externally with an environmentally approved and specially formulated modified-acrylic or water-based coating. This durable, exterior black coating is paintable and acts as an excellent primer that is resistant to weathering and U.V. degradation from outdoor storage. Metallurgical properties provide excellent fabrication characteristics for end prep finishes, welding and roll grooving. No special process or equipment is needed for fabrication and installation. The internal surface of all black Fire Sprinkler pipe up to 4.5000” in diameter shall be coated with Allied Tube & Conduit’s “M-Coat” ID Coating. American Made Manufactured at one of 3 U.S. Facilities and is available through distributors in the USA, Canada, Mexico, and Latin America. Specifications & Approvals Dyna-Flow – M-Coat pipe is manufactured to meet ASTM A 795, Type E Grade A, and are in compliance with NFPA-13 and NFPA-14. All sizes of Dyna Flow are UL Listed, FM Approved and ULC Listed. Dyna-Flow – M-Coat is UL/ULC Listed for use with roll grooved, plain-end couplings, and welded joints for wet, dry, pre-action and deluge systems. It is FM Approved for roll grooved, plain-ended, and welded joints for wet systems. Refer to appropriate documentation for up-to-date listing and approval information. Customer Service: (800) 882-5543 Fax: (800) 659-7730 www.alliedtube-sprinkler.com • 16100 S Lathrop Ave Harvey, IL 60426 • 11350 Norcom Rd. Philadelphia, PA 19154 • 2525 N 27th Ave. Phoenix, AZ 85009 ©2013 Atkore International, Inc. All Rights Reserved. STP-S3-4M-1301 Eddy Flow The Cost Effective Replacement for Schedule 10 Realizing the growing need of fire protection systems in commercial and residential construction, Bull Moose Tube has added Eddy Flow to its comprehensive line of sprinkler pipe products. Eddy Flow is a specially engineered replacement for schedule 10, offering better flow characteristics while providing design flexibility. This product is FM approved, as well as UL listed (for U.S. and Canada) for roll grooving and welding for use in fire protection systems with a working pressure of 300 psi or less. Please check with appropriate sources for up-to-date listings and approval information. As an added benefit, it is more economical to use than schedule 10 due to reduced delivery costs and ease of handling. Furthermore, Eddy Flow’s larger ID provides an opportunity for downsizing and further cost savings. COMPARISON INSIDE DIAMETER C.R.R.* Nominal Pipe Size (in) O.D. (in) Eddy Flow (in) Schedule 10 (in) Schedule 40 (in) Eddy Flow Schedule 40 1 1/4 1.660 1.530 1.442 1.380 1.98 1.00 1 1/2 1.900 1.728 1.682 1.610 3.44 1.00 2 2.375 2.203 2.157 2.067 2.78 1.00 2 1/2 2.875 2.705 2.635 2.469 1.66 1.00 3 3.500 3.334 3.260 3.068 1.00 1.00 4 4.500 4.310 4.260 4.026 1.00 1.00 * Corrosion Resistance Ratio BENEFITS • Dual Certified to ASTM A135 and A795. • FM Approved for roll grooved, and welded, and plain-end application in wet systems. • UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada) for joining by welding or by listed rubber gasketed fittings for use in wet, dry, preaction, and deluge type sprinkler systems. • UL Listed (for US and Canada) and FM Approved for use with Victaulic® FIT® Fittings in plain end applications. • Lightweight - saves shipping costs, and offers easier handling. • Can be used with roll grooved couplings or welded outlets for pressures up to 300 psi. • Floor stock available in various lengths produced in Casa Grande (AZ), Gerald (MO), and Masury (OH). Also can be ordered in custom lengths.. • Can be used for wet and dry* systems. * Eddy Flow can be hot dipped galvanized to meet FM’s requirement for dry systems. PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer’s instructions for the specific fitting used. A company 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO 63017 (800) 325-4467 FAX: (636) 537-2645 www.bullmoosetube.com e-mail:sales@bullmoosetube.com For additional information, contact your salesperson today at (800) 325-4467 or (636) 537-2600 in the USA, or from Canada call (800) 882-4666 All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 8/08 Schedule 10 / Schedule 40 M-COAT ®Fully Listed and FM Approved Sprinkler Pipe Customer Service (800) 882-5543 Fax: (800) 659-7730 www.alliedtube-sprinkler.com • 16100 S Lathrop Ave. • 11350 Norcom Rd. • 2525 N 27th Ave. Harvey, IL 60426 Philadelphia, PA 19154 Phoenix, AZ 85009 ©2013 Atkore International, Inc. All Rights Reserved. STP-S4-3-1301 Galvanized Pipe Schedule-10/Schedule-40 – M-COAT product can be “hot-dip” galvanized to meet FM requirements for dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A-123. Superior Coating Our advanced formula mill coating offers a clean, durable surface. It is also paint-ready for custom color applications without special preparation. The internal surface of all black Allied Tube & Conduit fire sprinkler pipe products up to 4.500” in diameter are coated with M-COAT, an advanced MIC coating that is FM approved for use in hybrid sprinkle systems. American made Able to meet “Buy American” requirement and is available through distributors in the USA, Canada, Mexico and Latin America. Speciﬁcations & Approvals Schedule-10/Schedule-40 – M-COAT pipe are in compliance with the following: ASTM A-135, Type E Grade A, and NFPA 13. All pipe products have a rated working pressure of 300 psi maximum and also meet the stringent requirements for the following applications and tests: • Welded Outlets • Hydrostatic Pressure When you specify Allied Schedule-10/Schedule-40 – M-COAT sprinkler pipe you get a UL listed and FM approved product. Although these products do not FM agents to ensure consistent quality. Sch-40 ASTM A135/A795 M-COAT Speciﬁcations NPS In;mm Nominal O.D. In; mm Nominal I.D. In; mm Nominal Wall In; mm Wt. Lbs/Ft; kg/m Wt. (H20 Filled) Lbs/Ft; kg/m CRR 1”1.315 1.049 0.133 1.680 2.05 1 25 33.4 26.6 3.38 2.5 3.05 – 1.660 1.380 0.140 2.270 2.93 1 32 42.1 35.1 3.56 3.39 4.36 – 1.900 1.610 0.145 2.720 3.61 1 40 48.3 40.9 3.68 4.0 5.37 – 2”2.375 2.067 0.154 3.656 5.13 1 50 60.3 52.5 3.91 5.4 7.63 – 2.875 2.469 0.203 5.80 7.86 1 65 73 62.7 5.16 8.6 11.73 – Sch-10 ASTM A135/A795 M-COAT Speciﬁcations NPS In; mm Nominal O.D. In; mm Nominal I.D. In; mm Nominal Wall In; mm Wt. Lbs/Ft; kg/m Wt. (H20 Filled) Lbs/Ft; kg/m CRR – 1.660 1.442 0.109 1.810 2.525 7.0955 32 42.2 36.6 2.77 2.7 3.75 – 1.900 1.682 0.109 2.09 3.04 5.6570 40 48.3 42.7 2.77 3.1 4.52 – 2”2.375 2.157 0.109 2.640 4.22 4.5827 50 60.3 54.8 2.77 3.9 6.28 – 2.875 2.635 0.120 3.530 5.89 3.5196 65 73 66.9 3.05 5.26 8.77 – 3”3.500 3.260 0.120 4.34 7.94 2.5550 75 88.9 82.8 3.05 6.4 11.82 – 4”4.500 4.260 0.120 5.62 11.78 1.6020 100 114.3 108.20 3.05 8.3 17.53 – 5”5.563 5.295 0.134 7.78 17.33 1.4874 125 141.3 134.5 3.40 11.58 25.80 – 6”6.625 6.357 0.134 9.3 23.03 1.0251 150 168.3 161.5 3.40 13.8 34.27 – 8”8.625 8.249 0.188 16.96 40.15 1.8365 200 219 209.50 4.78 25.2 59.75 – Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 FM Approved and UL Listed Sprinkler Pipe Bull Moose Tube Company is a recognized producer of quality pipe products. Our Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), even though these products do not require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose Tube made the decision to have them approved and listed for your peace of mind. Our Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 have been through the same rigorous testing as our other fine pipe products. Bull Moose Tube’s Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 pipes are made to ASTM A135 and ASTM A795. These products are typically supplied with our protective coating but can be supplied without the coating so they can be hot-dip galvanized to meet FM requirements for use in dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or ASTM A53. All Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 pipe has a pressure rating of 300 PSI. Schedule 10 Pipe Nominal Pipe Size (in) Nominal O.D. (in) Nominal I.D. (in) Weight/Ft Bundle Size 1 1.315 1.097 1.41 lbs/ft 91 1 1/4 1.660 1.442 1.81 lbs/ft 61 1 1/2 1.900 1.682 2.09 lbs/ft 61 2 2.375 2.157 2.64 lbs/ft 37 2 1/2 2.875 2.635 3.53 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.260 4.34 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.260 5.62 lbs/ft 19 Schedule 40 Pipe Nominal Pipe Size (in) Nominal O.D. (in) Nominal I.D. (in) Weight/Ft Bundle Size 1 1.315 1.049 1.68 lbs/ft 70 1 1/4 1.660 1.380 2.27 lbs/ft 51 1 1/2 1.900 1.610 2.72 lbs/ft 44 2 2.375 2.067 3.66 lbs/ft 30 2 1/2 2.875 2.468 5.80 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.068 7.58 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.026 10.80 lbs/ft 19 PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer’s instructions for the specific fitting used. A company 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO 63017 (800) 325-4467 FAX: (636) 537-2645 www.bullmoosetube.com e-mail: sales@bullmoosetube.com For additional information, contact your salesperson today at (800) 325-4467 or (636) 537-2600 in the USA, or from Canada call (800) 882-4666 All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 12/09 FP-4.12 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: C to E O.D. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 FINISH: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series E-1 90˚ ELBOW Nominal Size O.D.Max.WorkingPressure Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm)In./mm PSI/bar In./mm Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 300 21⁄4 0.6 25 33.4 20.7 57 0.3 11⁄4 1.660 300 23⁄4 0.8 32 42.2 20.7 70 0.4 11⁄2 1.900 300 23⁄4 1.1 40 48.3 20.7 70 0.5 2 2.375 300 31⁄4 1.5 50 60.3 20.7 83 0.7 21⁄2 2.875 300 33⁄4 2.5 65 73.0 20.7 95 1.1 3 O.D.2.996 300 33⁄4 2.9 76.1 76.1 20.7 95 1.3 3 3.500 300 41⁄4 4.2 80 88.9 20.7 108 1.9 4 4.500 300 5 6.7 100 114.3 20.7 127 3.0 51⁄2 O.D.5.500 300 51⁄2 – 139.7 139.7 20.7 140 – 5 5.563 300 51⁄2 11.9 125 141.3 20.7 140 5.4 61⁄2 O.D.6.500 300 61⁄2 18.2 165.1 165.1 20.7 165 8.3 6 6.625 300 61⁄2 17.3 150 168.3 20.7 165 7.9 8 8.625 300 73⁄4 32.2 200 219.1 20.7 197 14.6 10 10.750 300 9 54.1 250 273.1 20.7 229 24.5 12 12.750 300 10 70.0 300 323.9 20.7 254 31.8 FIG. E-1 90˚ Elbow For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS FP-4.12 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 FINISH: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series E-2 45˚ ELBOW Nominal Size O.D.Max.WorkingPressure Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm)In./mm PSI/bar In./mm Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 300 13⁄4 0.5 25 33.4 20.7 44 0.2 11⁄4 1.660 300 13⁄4 0.8 32 42.2 20.7 44 0.3 11⁄2 1.900 300 13⁄4 0.9 40 48.3 20.7 44 0.4 2 2.375 300 2 1.0 50 60.3 20.7 51 0.4 21⁄2 2.875 300 21⁄4 1.8 65 73.0 20.7 57 0.8 3 O.D.2.996 300 21⁄4 2.1 76.1 76.1 20.7 57 1.0 3 3.500 300 21⁄2 2.5 80 88.9 20.7 64 1.1 4 4.500 300 3 4.7 100 114.3 20.7 76 2.2 51⁄2 O.D.5.500 300 31⁄4 – 139.7 139.7 20.7 83 – 5 5.563 300 31⁄4 11.6 125 141.3 20.7 83 5.2 61⁄2 O.D.6.500 300 31⁄2 8.3 165.1 165.1 20.7 89 3.8 6 6.625 300 31⁄2 11.6 150 168.3 20.7 89 5.2 8 8.625 300 41⁄4 17.9 200 219.1 20.7 108 8.1 10 10.750 300 43⁄4 30.0 250 273.1 20.7 121 13.6 12 12.750 300 51⁄4 40.4 300 323.9 20.7 133 18.3 C to E O.D. FIG. E-2 45˚ Elbow For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS FP-4.12 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series T-1 STRAIGHT TEE Nominal Size O.D.Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm)In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 21⁄4 0.9 25 33.4 57 0.4 11⁄4 1.660 23⁄4 1.4 32 42.2 69 0.7 11⁄2 1.900 23⁄4 1.5 40 48.3 69 0.7 2 2.375 31⁄4 2.4 50 60.3 83 1.1 21⁄2 2.875 33⁄4 3.6 65 73.0 95 1.6 3 3.500 41⁄4 6.3 80 88.9 108 2.9 4 4.500 5 9.6 100 114.3 127 4.4 5 5.563 51⁄2 17.8 125 141.3 140 8.1 6 6.625 61⁄2 25.3 150 168.3 165 11.5 8 8.625 73⁄4 42.1 200 219.1 197 19.1 10 10.750 9 69.0 250 273.1 229 31.3 12 12.750 10 91.0 300 323.9 254 41.3 C to E C to E O.D. FIG. T-1 Straight Tee For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS FP-4.12 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: T-2 REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea.Nominal Size Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea.Nominal Size Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea.Nominal Size Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm)In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm)In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm)In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm)In./mm Lbs./Kg 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 1 23⁄4 1.1 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 (d)41⁄4 6.1 6 x 6 x 11⁄4 61⁄2 25.3 10 x 10 x 21⁄2 9 69.332 x 32 x 25 70 0.5 80 x 80 x 65 108 2.7 150 x 150 x 32 165 11.5 250 x 250 x 65 229 31.411⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 23⁄4 1.8 4 x 4 x 1 33⁄4 11.0 6 x 6 x 11⁄2 61⁄2 25.3 10 x 10 x 3 9 69.340 x 40 x 25 70 0.8 100 x 100 x 25 95 5.0 150 x 150 x 40 165 11.5 250 x 250 x 80 229 31.411⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 31⁄4 2.0 4 x 4 x 11⁄4 5 11.0 6 x 6 x 2 (d)61⁄2 26.4 10 x 10 x 4 9 69.340 x 40 x 32 83 0.9 100 x 100 x 32 127 5.0 150 x 150 x 50 165 12.0 250 x 250 x 100 229 31.42 x 2 x 1 (d)31⁄4 2.6 4 x 4 x 11⁄2 5 11.0 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 (d)61⁄2 22.8 10 x 10 x 5 9 69.350 x 50 x 25 83 1.2 100 x 100 x 40 127 5.0 150 x 150 x 65 165 10.3 250 x 250 x 125 229 31.42 x 2 x 11⁄4 31⁄4 3.0 4 x 4 x 2 5 11.0 6 x 6 x 3 (d)61⁄2 25.0 10 x 10 x 6 9 69.350 x 50 x 32 83 1.4 100 x 100 x 50 127 5.0 150 x 150 x 80 165 11.3 250 x 250 x 150 229 31.42 x 2 x 11⁄2 31⁄4 3.0 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 (d)5 12.3 6 x 6 x 4 (d)61⁄2 24.2 10 x 10 x 8 9 69.350 x 50 x 40 83 1.4 100 x 100 x 65 127 5.6 150 x 150 x 100 165 11.0 250 x 250 x 200 229 31.421⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 33⁄4 4.4 4 x 4 x 3 (d)5 12.0 6 x 6 x 5 (d)61⁄2 25.4 12 x 12 x 3 10 100.065 x 65 x 25 95 2.0 100 x 100 x 80 127 5.4 150 x 150 x 125 165 11.5 300 x 300 x 80 254 45.421⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 33⁄4 4.4 5 x 5 x 1 51⁄2 14.0 8 x 8 x 2 73⁄4 42.2 12 x 12 x 4 10 101.665 x 65 x 32 95 2.0 125 x 125 x 25 140 6.3 200 x 200 x 50 197 19.1 300 x 300 x 100 254 46.121⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 33⁄4 4.4 5 x 5 x 11⁄4 51⁄2 14.0 8 x 8 x 21⁄2 73⁄4 42.2 12 x 12 x 5 10 100.065 x 65 x 40 95 2.0 125 x 125 x 32 140 6.3 200 x 200 x 65 197 19.1 300 x 300 x 125 254 45.421⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 (d)33⁄4 4.6 5 x 5 x 11⁄2 51⁄2 14.0 8 x 8 x 3 73⁄4 42.2 12 x 12 x 6 10 100.065 x 65 x 50 95 2.1 125 x 125 x 40 140 6.3 200 x 200 x 80 197 19.1 300 x 300 x 150 254 45.43 x 3 x 1 41⁄4 6.1 5 x 5 x 2 51⁄2 14.0 8 x 8 x 4 (d)73⁄4 41.5 12 x 12 x 8 10 100.080 x 80 x 25 108 2.7 125 x 125 x 50 140 6.3 200 x 200 x 100 197 18.8 300 x 300 x 200 254 45.43 x 3 x 11⁄4 41⁄4 6.1 5 x 5 x 21⁄2 51⁄2 14.0 8 x 8 x 5 73⁄4 24.8 12 x 12 x 10 (d)10 101.680 x 80 x 32 108 2.7 125 x 125 x 65 140 6.3 200 x 200 x 125 197 11.2 300 x 300 x 250 254 46.13 x 3 x 11⁄2 41⁄4 6.1 5 x 5 x 3 51⁄2 14.0 8 x 8 x 6 (d)73⁄4 39.580 x 80 x 40 108 2.7 125 x 125 x 80 140 6.3 200 x 200 x 150 197 17.93 x 3 x 2 41⁄4 6.1 5 x 5 x 4 51⁄2 14.0 10 x 10 x 2 9 69.380 x 80 x 50 108 2.7 125 x 125 x 100 140 6.3 250 x 250 x 50 229 31.4 (d)=Ductile Iron all others are fabricated. FIG. T-2 Reducing Tee O.D. CHART Nominal Size O.D. In./DN(mm)In./mm 1 1.3152533.411⁄4 1.6603242.211⁄2 1.900 40 48.322.375 50 60.3 21⁄2 2.875 65 73.0 3 3.5008088.9 31⁄2 4.00090101.6 4 4.500100114.3 5 5.563125141.3 6 6.625150168.388.625200219.11010.750250273.11212.750300323.9 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM-A536 FABRICATED FITTINGS: 1”- 10” Carbon Steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B 12” Carbon Steel, Standard Wall, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series C to E C to E O.D. Cast C to E C to E O.D. Fabricated For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. FP-4.12 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FABRICATED FITTINGS: 1”- 10” Carbon Steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B 12” Carbon Steel, Standard Wall, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series X-1 CROSS Nominal Size O.D.Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm)In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 21⁄4 1.3 25 33.4 57 0.6 11⁄4 1.660 33⁄4 2.0 32 42.2 95 0.9 11⁄2 1.900 33⁄4 2.2 40 48.3 95 1.0 2 2.375 33⁄4 2.2 50 60.3 95 1.0 21⁄2 2.875 33⁄4 3.3 65 73.0 95 1.5 3 3.500 33⁄4 5.0 80 88.9 95 3.2 4 4.500 5 6.6 100 114.3 127 3.0 5 5.563 51⁄4 9.3 125 141.3 133 4.2 6 6.625 61⁄2 14.5 150 168.3 165 6.6 8 8.625 73⁄4 28.5 200 219.1 197 12.9 10 10.750 9 40.5 250 273.1 229 18.4 12 12.750 10 57.0 300 323.9 254 25.9 C to E C to E C to E C to E O.D. FIG. X-1 Cross For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations,visit our website at www.anvilintl.com orcontact an Anvil® Sales Representative. FP-4.12 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM-A536 FABRICATED FITTINGS: 1”- 10” Carbon Steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B 12” Carbon Steel, Standard Wall, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series R-1 CONCENTRIC REDUCER Nominal Size End to End Approx. Wt. Ea.Nominal Size End to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm)In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm)In./mm Lbs./Kg11⁄4 x 1 35⁄16 0.85 5 x 21⁄2 31⁄2 4.832 x 25 84 0.4 125 x 65 89 2.211⁄2 x 1 35⁄16 0.73 5 x 3 31⁄2 4.840 x 25 84 0.3 125 x 80 89 2.211⁄2 x 11⁄4 35⁄16 1.0 5 x 4 31⁄2 4.840 x 32 84 0.4 125 x 100 89 2.22 x 1 (d)35⁄16 0.7 6 x 2 (d)4 6.350 x 25 84 0.3 150 x 50 102 2.92 x 11⁄4 (d)35⁄16 0.8 6 x 21⁄2 4 5.150 x 32 84 0.4 150 x 65 102 2.32 x 11⁄2 (d)35⁄16 0.8 6 x 3 (d)4 4.350 x 40 84 0.4 150 x 80 102 1.921⁄2 x 1 35⁄16 1.5 6 x 4 (d)4 6.365 x 25 84 0.7 150 x 100 102 2.921⁄2 x 11⁄4 35⁄16 1.5 6 x 5 4 7.565 x 32 84 0.7 150 x 125 102 3.421⁄2 x 11⁄2 35⁄16 1.5 8 x 2 5 9.165 x 40 84 0.7 200 x 50 127 4.121⁄2 x 2 35⁄16 1.9 8 x 21⁄2 5 9.165 x 50 84 0.9 200 x 65 127 4.13 x 1 35⁄16 2.4 8 x 3 (d)5 9.280 x 25 84 1.1 200 x 80 127 4.23 x 11⁄4 35⁄16 2.4 8 x 4 (d)5 9.880 x 32 84 1.1 200 x 100 127 4.43 x 11⁄2 35⁄16 2.4 8 x 5 5 9.180 x 40 84 1.1 200 x 125 127 4.13 x 2 (d)35⁄16 1.4 8 x 6 (d)5 12.080 x 50 84 0.6 200 x 150 127 5.43 x 21⁄2 (d)35⁄16 1.5 10 x 4 6 16.480 x 65 84 0.7 250 x 100 152 7.44 x 1 33⁄8 3.2 10 x 5 6 16.4100 x 25 86 1.5 250 x 125 152 7.44 x 11⁄4 33⁄8 3.2 10 x 6 6 16.4100 x 32 86 1.5 250 x 150 152 7.44 x 11⁄2 (d)33⁄8 2.7 10 x 8 (d)6 23.1100 x 40 86 1.2 250 x 200 152 10.54 x 2 (d)33⁄8 2.5 12 x 4 7 19.0100 x 50 86 1.1 300 x 100 178 8.64 x 21⁄2 (d)33⁄8 3.2 12 x 5 7 19.0100 x 65 86 1.5 300 x 125 178 8.64 x 3 (d)3 2.6 12 x 6 7 19.0100 x 80 76 1.2 300 x 150 178 8.65 x 11⁄2 31⁄2 4.8 12 x 8 7 19.0125 x 40 89 2.2 300 x 200 178 8.65 x 2 31⁄2 4.8 12 x 10 7 19.0125 x 50 89 2.2 300 x 250 178 8.6 O.D. CHART Nominal Size O.D. In./DN(mm)In./mm 1 1.315 25 33.4 11⁄4 1.660 32 42.2 11⁄2 1.900 40 48.3 2 2.375 50 60.3 21⁄2 2.875 65 73.0 3 3.500 80 88.9 31⁄2 4.000 90 101.6 4 4.500 100 114.3 5 5.563 125 141.3 6 6.625 150 168.3 8 8.625 200 219.1 10 10.750 250 273.1 12 12.750 300 323.9 (d)=Ductile Iron all others are fabricated. E to E O.D. FIG. R-1 Concentric Reducer For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS FP-4.12 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM-A536 COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series SK-1 GROOVED CAP Nominal Size O.D.End to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm)In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 11⁄4 0.3 25 33.4 25 0.1 11⁄4 1.660 1 0.4 32 42.2 25 0.2 11⁄2 1.900 1 0.5 40 48.3 25 0.2 2 2.375 1 0.7 50 60.3 25 0.3 21⁄2 2.875 1 1.0 65 73.0 25 0.4 3 O.D.3.000 1 0.9 76.1 76.1 25 0.4 3 3.500 1 1.5 80 88.9 25 0.7 4 4.500 11⁄16 2.7 100 114.3 27 1.2 5 5.563 11⁄16 4.4 125 141.3 27 2.0 61⁄2 O.D.6.500 1 5.5 165.1 165.1 25 2.5 6 6.625 11⁄16 6.6 150 168.3 27 3.0 8 8.625 13⁄16 11.3 200 219.1 30 5.1 10*10.750 11⁄4 21.0 250 273.1 32 9.5 12*12.750 11⁄4 35.5 300 323.9 32 16.1 E to E *Supplied as Style K-1 only. FIG. SK-1 Cap For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS FP-8.13 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: FIG. E-9 Drain Elbow C to E H O.D. For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations,visit our website at www.anvilintl.com orcontact an Anvil® Sales Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: 2”- 8” Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 FABRICATED FITTINGS: 11/4”- 6” are Carbon Steel, A-135 Schedule 10 8” - 12” are Carbon Steel, A-795/A-135/.188 Wall COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other colors available (Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series) Drain elbow comes standard with 1” female NPT Outlet per ASME B1.20.1. E-9 DRAIN ELBOW Nominal Size O.D.Max.WorkingPressure s Center to End H Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 11⁄4 1.660 300 2 3⁄4 13⁄4 0.7 32 42.2 20.7 69 44 0.3 11⁄2 1.900 300 2 3⁄4 13⁄4 1.7 40 48.3 20.7 69 44 0.8 2C 2.375 300 3 1⁄4 21⁄4 2.1 50 60.3 20.7 83 57 1.0 21⁄2C 2.875 300 3 3⁄4 23⁄4 2.9 65 73.0 20.7 95 69 1.3 3C 3.500 300 4 1⁄4 23⁄4 4.0 80 88.9 20.7 108 69 1.8 4C 4.500 300 5 2 3⁄4 7.5 100 114.3 20.7 127 69 3.4 5 5.563 300 5 1⁄2 23⁄8 11.5 125 141.3 20.7 140 60 5.2 6C 6.625 300 6 1⁄2 23⁄4 16.5 150 168.3 20.7 165 69 7.5 8C 8.625 300 7 3⁄4 23⁄4 29.0 200 219.1 20.7 197 69 13.2 10 10.750 300 9 2 3⁄4 48.5 250 273.1 20.7 229 69 22.0 12 12.750 300 10 2 3⁄4 66.0 300 323.9 20.7 254 69 29.0 C - Cast ductile iron, all others are fabricated steel. s – Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only. For the latest UL/ULC and FM ratings, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. FP-4.12 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series K-9 DRAIN CAP Nominal Size O.D.End to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm)In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 2 2.375 –0.83 50 60.3 –0.38 21⁄2 2.875 –1.06 65 73.0 –0.48 3 O.D.2.996 –1.06 76.1 76.1 –0.48 3 3.500 –1.27 80 88.9 –0.58 4 4.500 –2.92 100 114.3 –1.32 51⁄2 O.D.5.500 –3.50 139.7 139.7 –1.59 61⁄2 O.D.6.500 –4.02 165.1 165.1 –1.82 6 6.625 –4.02 150 168.3 –1.82 8 8.625 –6.66 200 219.1 –3.02 K-9 is also available in 3⁄4" and 1⁄2" at same list price as 1" pol. FIG. K-9 Drain Cap For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations,visit our website at www.anvilintl.com orcontact an Anvil® Sales Representative. FP-4.12 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SE-1 are short pattern products and are specifically designed for use in Fire Protection applications where economy is a factor. All products are is UL/ULC Listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved. Maximum working pressure for these products is 300 PSI. For the latest UL/ULC listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series SE-1 90˚ ELBOW Nominal Size O.D.Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm)In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 2 2.375 23⁄4 1.5 50 60.3 70 0.7 21⁄2 2.875 3 2.1 65 73.0 76 1.0 3 3.500 33⁄8 3.6 80 88.9 86 1.6 4 4.500 4 5.8 100 114.3 102 2.6 6 6.625 51⁄2 11.8 150 168.3 140 5.3 8 8.625 67⁄8 21.1 200 219.1 175 9.6 SE-1 90˚ ELBOW ShORT PATTERN FITTING – PRESSuRE dROP 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 5 10 15 20 Flow Rate (ft./sec.) Pressure Drop (ft. of Schedule 40 pipe) 8 inch 6 inch 4 inch 3 inch 21/2 inch 2 inch SPF™ short pattern fittings exceed the headloss requirements of NFPA 13. For Fig. SE-1 90˚ grooved end elbows use the value shown. Note: Above values are shown for Schedule 40 pipe to be consistent with industry practices. Additional sizes available, contact an Anvil Representative. C to E O.D. FIG. SE-1 Short Pattern 90˚ Elbow For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS FP-4.12 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: C to E C to E O.D. ST-1 are short pattern products that are specifically designed for use in Fire Protection applications where economy is a factor. All products are UL/ULC Listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved. Maximum working pressure for these products is 300 PSI. For the latest UL/ULC listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series ST-1 TEE Nominal Size O.D.Center to End Approx. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm)In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 2 2.375 23⁄4 2.9 50 60.3 70 1.3 21⁄2 2.875 3 4.6 65 73.0 76 2.1 3 3.500 33⁄8 6.9 80 88.9 86 3.1 4 4.500 4 10.9 100 114.3 102 4.9 6 6.625 51⁄2 25.0 150 168.3 140 11.3 8 8.625 67⁄8 42.1 200 219.1 175 19.1 ST-1 90˚ TEE ShORT PATTERN FITTING – PRESSuRE dROP 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 5 10 15 20 Flow Rate (ft./sec.) Pressure Drop (ft. of Schedule 40 pipe) 8 inch 6 inch 4 inch 3 inch 21/2 inch 2 inch SPF™ short pattern fittings exceed the headloss requirements of NFPA 13. For Fig. ST-1 grooved end tee branch use 21/2 times the value shown. For Fig. ST-1 grooved end tee run use the value shown. Note: Above values are shown for Schedule 40 pipe to be consistent with industry practices. FIG. ST-1 Short Pattern Tee For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS FP-4.12 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: The C-4 Rigid Coupling is our standard coupling and is designed for rigid piping applications. The C-4 is specially designed to provide a rigid, locked-in pipe connection to meet the specific demands of rigid design steel pipe. For the latest UL/ULC listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. FIG. C-4 Rigid Coupling MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 ANSI BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, oval-neck track head bolts conforming to ASTM A-183 Grade 2 with a minimum tensile strength of 110,000 psi and heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-563 Grade A or Grade B, or SAE J995 Grade 2. Bolts and nuts are provided zinc electroplated as standard. METRIC BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, zinc electroplated oval-neck track head bolts made of carbon steel with mechanical properties per ISO 898-1 Class 8.8. Hex nuts and bolts are zinc electroplated followed by a yellow chromate dip. COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an Anvil Representative. LUBRICATION: q Standard Gruvlok q Gruvlok Xtreme™ required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. q Pre-Lubricated Grade “E” EPDM, Type A Gasket (Violet color code) -40°F to 150°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 65°C) Recommended for wet and dry (oil free air) pipe fire protection sprinkler systems. For dry pipe systems and freezer applications, Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant is required. q Grade “E” EPDM (Green color code) -40°F to 230°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 110°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil-free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. q Grade “EP” EPDM (Green and Red color code) -40°F to 250°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 121°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil-free air and many other chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. GASKET TYPE: q Standard C Style q Flush Gap For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS FP-4.12 Y X Z C-4 RIGID COUPLING Nominal Size PipeO.D. Max.WorkingPressures Max.End Load Range of Pipe End Separation Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Specified Torque §Approx.Wt. Ea.X Y Z Qty.Size Min.Max. In./DN(mm)In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-m Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 300 407 0-1⁄32 23⁄8 4 13⁄4 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 1.2 25 33.4 20.7 1.81 0-0.79 60 102 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.5 11⁄4 1.660 300 649 0-1⁄32 23⁄4 45⁄8 17⁄8 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 1.5 32 42.2 20.7 2.89 0-0.79 70 117 48 M10 x 57 40 60 0.7 11⁄2 1.900 300 851 0-1⁄32 213⁄16 47⁄8 17⁄8 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 1.7 40 48.3 20.7 3.78 0-0.79 71 124 48 M10 x 57 40 60 0.8 2 2.375 300 1,329 0-1⁄32 31⁄2 53⁄8 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 30 45 1.9 50 60.3 20.7 5.91 0-0.79 89 137 51 M10 x 57 40 60 0.9 21⁄2 2.875 300 1,948 0-1⁄32 4 6 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 30 45 1.9 65 73.0 20.7 8.66 0-0.79 102 152 51 M10 x 63 40 60 0.9 3 O.D.2.996 300 2,115 0-1⁄32 41⁄8 61⁄8 17⁄8 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 30 45 2.2 76.1 76.1 20.7 9.41 0-0.79 105 156 48 M10 x 63 40 60 1.0 3 3.500 300 2,886 0-1⁄32 43⁄4 65⁄8 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 30 45 2.4 80 88.9 20.7 12.84 0-0.79 121 168 51 M10 x 63 40 60 1.1 4 4.500 300 4,771 0-3⁄32 57⁄8 73⁄4 21⁄8 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 30 45 3.2 100 114.3 20.7 21.22 0-2.38 149 197 54 M10 x 63 40 60 1.4 51⁄2 O.D.5.500 300 7,127 0-3⁄32 67⁄8 91⁄4 21⁄16 2 1⁄2 x 3 80 100 5 139.7 139.7 20.7 31.70 0-2.38 175 235 52 M12 x 76 110 150 2.2 5 5.563 300 7,292 0-3⁄32 615⁄16 91⁄16 21⁄16 2 1⁄2 x 3 80 100 4.5 125 141.3 20.7 32.44 0-2.38 176 230 52 M12 x 76 110 150 2.0 61⁄2 O.D.6.500 300 9,955 0-3⁄32 81⁄8 103⁄8 21⁄8 2 1⁄2 x 3 80 100 5.8 165.1 165.1 20.7 44.28 0-2.38 207 264 54 M12 x 76 110 150 2.6 6 6.625 300 10,341 0-3⁄32 81⁄4 103⁄8 21⁄8 2 1⁄2 x 31⁄4 80 100 5.8 150 168.3 20.7 46.00 0-2.38 210 264 54 M12 x 82 110 150 2.6 8 8.625 300 17,528 0-3⁄32 101⁄2 131⁄4 21⁄2 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 100 130 10.8 200 219.1 20.7 77.97 0-2.38 267 337 64 M16 x 89 130 175 4.9 10 10.750 300 27,229 0-3⁄32 13 163⁄4 25⁄8 2 7⁄8 x 5 180 220 21.5 250 273.1 20.7 121.12 0-2.38 331 425 67 M22 x 125 245 298 9.8 12 12.750 300 38,303 0-3⁄32 153⁄8 191⁄4 25⁄8 2 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 180 220 27.4 300 323.9 20.7 170.38 0-2.38 391 489 67 M22 x 140 245 298 12.4 For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required,Gruvlok® Xtreme™ Lubricant is required. FIG. C-4 Rigid Coupling Range of Pipe End Seperation values are for roll grooved pipe and may be doubled for cut groove pipe. 1. Working pressure and/or end load are total allowable, based on standard weight steel pipe, roll or cut grooved. 2. One time field test pressure may be increased to 1.5 times the figures listed above. § – For additional Bolt Torque information see Technical Data Section. s – Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, FM, VdS and LPCB pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Other sizes available, contact an Anvil Representative. FP-4.12 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: The Model RC-2 Reducing Coupling makes it possible to directly connect two different pipe sizes, eliminating the need for two couplings and a reducing fitting. The specially designed reducing coupling gasket with a center rib assures proper positioning of the gasket and prevents the smaller pipe from telescoping into the larger during assembly. Working pressure ratings shown are for reference only and are based on schedule 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC listed, LPCB, VdS and FM Approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Model RC-2 Coupling complete with Grade “E” EPDM Gasket. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 ANSI BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, oval-neck track head bolts conforming to the physical properties of SAE J429 Grade 5 with a minimum tensile strength of 120,000 psi and heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-563 Grade A, or J995 Grade 2. Bolts and nuts are provided zinc electroplated as standard. METRIC BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, zinc electroplated oval-neck track head bolts made of carbon steel with mechanical properties per ISO 898-1 Class 8.8. Hex nuts and bolts are zinc electroplated followed by a yellow chromate dip. COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an Anvil Representative. LUBRICATION: q Standard Gruvlok q Gruvlok Xtreme™ required for freezer applications. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. q Grade “E” EPDM (Green color code) -40°F to 230°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 110°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil-free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. FIG. RC-2 Reducing Coupling For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS FP-9.12 FIG. RC-2 Reducing Coupling RC-2 REDUCING COUPLING Nominal Size LargerO.D.Smaller O.D. Max. Working Pressures Max. End Load Range of Pipe End Separation Deflection From CL Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Specified Torque §Approx.Wt. Ea.Per Coupling Pipe X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Degrees In./Ft. - mm/m In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-m Lbs./Kg 2 x 11⁄2 2.375 1.900 300 1,329 0- 1⁄32 0° 45' 0.16 3 5⁄8 57⁄8 17⁄8 2 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 110 2.0 50 x 40 60.3 48.3 20.7 5.19 0-0.79 13.1 92 149 48 M12 x 76 110 150 0.9 21⁄2 x 2 2.875 2.375 300 1,948 0- 1⁄32 0° 37' 0.13 4 1⁄4 63⁄8 17⁄8 2 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 110 3.5 65 x 50 73.0 60.3 20.7 8.67 0-0.79 10.9 108 162 48 M12 x 76 110 150 1.6 3 O.D. x 2 2.996 2.375 300 2,115 0- 1⁄8 0˚ 36' 0.12 4 1⁄4 63⁄8 17⁄8 2 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 110 3.3 76 x 60 76.1 60.3 20.7 9.41 0-3.2 9.9 108 162 48 M12 x 76 110 150 1.5 3 x 2 3.500 2.375 300 2,886 0- 1⁄32 0° 31' 0.11 4 7⁄8 71⁄8 17⁄8 2 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 110 4.4 80 x 50 88.9 60.3 20.7 12.84 0-0.79 8.9 124 181 48 M12 x 76 110 150 2.0 3 x 21⁄2 3.500 2.875 300 2,886 0- 1⁄32 0° 31' 0.11 4 7⁄8 71⁄8 17⁄8 2 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 110 4.1 80 x 65 88.9 73.0 20.7 12.84 0-0.79 8.9 124 181 48 M12 x 76 110 150 1.9 3 x 3 O.D. 3.500 2.996 300 2,886 0- 1⁄8 0˚ 31' 0.11 4 7⁄8 71⁄8 17⁄8 2 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 110 4.0 88 X 76 88.9 76.1 20.7 12.84 0-3.2 8.9 124 181 48 M12 x 76 110 150 1.8 4 x 2 4.500 2.375 300 4,771 0- 3⁄32 1° 12' 0.25 6 1⁄4 87⁄8 2 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 100 130 8.9 100 x 50 114.3 60.3 20.7 21.22 0-2.38 20.8 159 225 51 M16 x 95 135 175 4.0 4 x 21⁄2 4.500 2.875 300 4,771 0- 3⁄32 1° 12' 0.25 6 1⁄4 87⁄8 2 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 100 130 7.9 100 x 65 114.3 73.0 20.7 21.22 0-2.38 20.8 159 225 51 M16 x 95 135 175 3.6 4 x 3 4.500 3.500 300 4,771 0- 3⁄32 1° 12' 0.25 6 1⁄4 87⁄8 2 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 100 130 6.7 100 x 80 114.3 88.9 20.7 21.22 0-2.38 20.8 159 225 51 M16 x 95 135 175 3.0 4 x 3 O.D. 4.500 2.996 300 4,771 0- 3⁄16 1˚ 12' 0.25 61⁄4 87⁄8 2 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 100 130 7.6114 X 76 114.3 76.1 20.7 21.22 0-4.8 20.8 159 225 51 M16 x 95 135 175 3.5 51⁄2 O.D. x 4 5.500 4.500 300 7,128 0- 3⁄16 1˚ 58' 0.20 7 1⁄4 105⁄8 21⁄8 2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 100 130 11.4 139 X 114 139.7 114.3 20.7 31.71 0-4.8 10.8 184 270 54 M20 x 115 135 175 5.2 5 x 3 5.563 3.500 300 7,292 0- 1⁄4 1° 58' 0.20 7 1⁄4 105⁄8 21⁄8 2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 130 180 10.4 125 x 80 141.3 88.9 20.7 32.44 0-6.4 16.8 184 270 54 M20 x 115 175 245 4.7 5 x 4 5.563 4.500 300 7,292 0- 3⁄32 1° 58' 0.20 7 1⁄4 105⁄8 21⁄8 2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 130 180 11.4 125 x 100 141.3 114.3 20.7 32.44 0-2.38 16.8 184 270 54 M20 x 115 175 245 5.2 61⁄2 O.D. x 3 6.500 3.500 300 9,955 0- 1⁄4 1˚ 20' 0.26 8 1⁄4 115⁄8 21⁄8 2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 130 180 15.0 165 X 88 165.1 88.9 20.7 44.28 0-6.4 18.2 210 295 54 M20 x 115 175 245 6.8 61⁄2 O.D. x 4 6.500 4.500 300 9,955 0- 1⁄4 1˚ 20' 0.26 8 1⁄4 115⁄8 21⁄8 2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 130 180 13.6 165 X 114 165.1 114.3 20.7 44.28 0-6.4 18.2 210 295 54 M20 x 115 175 245 6.26 x 4 6.625 4.500 300 10,341 0- 3⁄32 0° 49' 0.17 8 1⁄4 115⁄8 21⁄8 2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 130 180 13.4 150 x 100 168.3 114.3 20.7 46.00 0-2.38 14.1 210 295 54 M20 x 115 175 245 6.1 6 x 5 6.625 5.562 300 10,341 0- 3⁄32 0° 49' 0.17 8 1⁄2 115⁄8 21⁄8 2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 130 180 13.5 150 x 125 168.3 141.3 20.7 46.00 0-2.38 14.1 216 295 54 M20 x 115 175 245 6.1 8 x 6 8.625 6.625 300 17,528 0- 3⁄32 0° 37' 0.13 10 1⁄2 14 2 1⁄4 2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 130 180 17.7 200 x 150 219.1 168.3 20.7 77.97 0-2.38 10.9 267 365 57 M20 x 115 175 245 8.0 8 x 61⁄2 O.D. 8.625 6.500 300 17,528 0- 1⁄4 0˚ 37' 0.13 10 1⁄2 14 2 1⁄4 2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 130 180 18.3 219 X 165 219.1 165.1 20.7 77.97 0-6.4 10.9 267 365 57 M20 x 115 175 245 8.3 Not for use in copper systems. Range of Pipe End Separation and Angular Deflection values are for roll grooved pipe and may be doubled for cut groove pipe. See technical data section for coupling data chart notes. § – For additional Bolt Torque information see Technical Data Section. s – Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, FM, VdS and LPCB pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Other sizes available, contact an Anvil Representative. FP-4.12 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:q Approved Address:q Approved as noted Contractor:q Not approved Engineer:Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: The SPF™ Model F-3 Flange allows direct connection of Class 125 or Class 150 flanged components to a grooved piping system. The two interlocking halves of the SPF Flange are hinged for ease of handling, and are drawn together by a latch bolt which eases assembly on the pipe. Precision machined bolt holes, key and mating surfaces assure concentricity and flatness to provide exact fit-up with flanged, lug, and wafer styles of pipe system equipment. A specially designed gasket provides a leak-tight seal on both the pipe and the mating flange face. All SPF F-3 Flanges have designed-in anti-rotation tangs which bite into and grip the sides of the pipe grooves to provide a secure, rigid connection. The SPF F-3 Flange requires the use of a steel adapter insert when used against rubber faced surfaces, wafer/lug design valves and serrated or irregular sealing surfaces. (See Installation and Assembly Instructions Section or contact your Anvil Rep. for details.) MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 ANSI BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, oval-neck track head bolts conforming to ASTM A-183 Grade 2 with a minimum tensile strength of 110,000 psi and heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-563 Grade A or Grade B, or SAE J995 Grade 2. Bolts and nuts are provided zinc electroplated as standard. METRIC BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, zinc electroplated oval-neck track head bolts made of carbon steel with mechanical properties per ISO 898-1 Class 8.8. Hex nuts and bolts are zinc electroplated followed by a yellow chromate dip. COATINGS: q Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) q Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) q Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an Anvil Representative. LUBRICATION: q Standard Gruvlok q Gruvlok Xtreme™ required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. q Grade “E” EPDM (Green color code) -40°F to 100°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 38°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil-free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. FIG. F-3 Grooved Flange Adapter For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. VdS FP-4.12 SPF F-3 FLANGE: ANSI CLASS 150 OR ISO PN10 OR PN16 BOLT PATTERNS Nominal Size PipeO.D. Max. Working Pressures Max. End Loads Latch Bolt Dimensions Sealing Surface Mating Flange Bolts Approx. Wt. Ea.Latch Bolt Size*Specified Torque §X Y Z A Max.B Min.Mating Flange Bolts Specified Torque §Min. Max.Quantity Size Min. Max. In./DN(mm)In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Ft.-Lbs/N-m In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm ANSIPN10 (16)ANSI in. (ISO) mm Ft.-Lbs/N-m Lbs./Kg 2 2.375 300 1,329 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 30 45 61⁄4 83⁄8 3⁄4 23⁄8 37⁄16 4 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 110 140 4.25060.3 20.7 5.91 M10 x 70 40 60 159 213 19 60 87 4 M16 x 70 149 190 1.9 21⁄2 2.875 300 1,948 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 30 45 7 91⁄2 3⁄4 27⁄8 4 4 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 110 140 4.66573.0 20.7 8.66 M10 x 70 40 60 178 241 19 73 102 -M16 x 70 149 190 2.1 3 O.D.2.996 300 2,115 -30 45 71⁄4 93⁄4 3⁄4 3 41⁄8 --110 140 4.876.1 76.1 20.7 9.41 M10 x 70 40 60 184 248 19 76 105 4 M16 x 70 149 190 2.233.500 300 2,886 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 30 45 77⁄8 101⁄2 3⁄4 31⁄2 49⁄16 4 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 110 140 6.088.9 88.9 20.7 12.84 M10 x 70 40 60 200 267 19 89 116 8 M16 x 70 149 190 2.744.500 300 4,771 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 30 45 9 111⁄2 3⁄4 41⁄2 59⁄16 8 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 110 140 6.3100114.3 20.7 21.22 M10 x 70 40 60 229 292 19 114 141 8 M16 x 70 149 190 2.9 51⁄2 O.D.5.500 300 7,127 -30 45 97⁄8 127⁄8 7⁄8 59⁄16 63⁄4 --220 250 15.6139.7 139.7 20.7 31.70 M10 x 70 40 60 251 327 22 141 171 8 M16 x 75 298 339 7.155.563 300 7,292 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 30 45 10 121⁄2 7⁄8 59⁄16 63⁄4 8 3⁄4 x 27⁄8 220 250 8.8125141.3 20.7 32.44 M10 x 70 40 60 254 318 22 141 171 --298 339 4.0 61⁄2 O.D.6.500 300 9,955 -30 45 111⁄4 14 7⁄8 65⁄8 713⁄16 --220 250 9.7165.1 165.1 20.7 44.28 M10 x 70 40 60 286 356 22 168 198 8 M20 x 80 298 339 4.466.625 300 10,341 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 30 45 11 14 7⁄8 65⁄8 713⁄16 8 3⁄4 x 31⁄8 220 250 9.6150168.3 20.7 46.00 M10 x 70 40 60 279 356 22 168 198 8 M20 x 80 298 339 4.4 8 8.625 300 17,528 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 30 45 131⁄2 161⁄2 1 85⁄8 10 8 3⁄4 x 31⁄4 220 250 15.6 200 219.1 20.7 77.97 M10 x 70 40 60 343 419 25 219 254 8 (12)M20 x 80 298 339 7.11010.750 300 27,229 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 30 45 16 19 1 103⁄4 121⁄8 12 7⁄8 x 31⁄2 320 400 18.2250273.1 20.7 121.12 M10 x 70 40 60 406 483 25 273 308 12 M20 x 90 439 542 8.31212.750 300 38,303 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 30 45 19 213⁄4 11⁄4 123⁄4 141⁄8 12 7⁄8 x 33⁄4 320 400 29.9300323.9 20.7 170.38 M10 x 70 40 60 483 552 32 324 359 12 -439 542 13.6 12 (PN)12.750 300 38,303 -30 45 181⁄8 211⁄4 1 123⁄4 141⁄8 12 -320 400 20.9300323.9 20.7 170.38 M10 x 70 40 60 460 540 25 324 359 12 M20 x 90 ✛439 542 9.5 + PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) dimensions for 10" and 12" sizes. The specified mating flange bolt torque for M24 bolts is 434 - 542 N-m. * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. • Flange cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 butterfly valve. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600 valve. s – Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, FM, VdS and LPCB pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. § – For additional Bolt Torque information, see Technical Data Section. SPF F-3 SPF Flange Adapter InsertGrooved Pipe Mating FlangeComponent Rubber Surface SPF F-3 Grooved PipeSPF Flange Adapter Insert Flange Gasket Serrated FaceMating Flange Applications which require a SPF™ Flange Adapter Insert 1. When mating to a wafer valve (lug valve), if the valve is rubber faced in the area designated by the sealing surface dimensions (A Max. to B Min.), place the SPF Flange Adapter Insert between the valve and the SPF Flange. 2. When mating to a rubber-faced metal flange, the SPF Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the SPF Flange and the rubber-faced flange. 3. When mating to a serrated flange surface, a standard fullfaced flange gasket is installed against the serrated flange face, and the SPF Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the SPF Flange and the standard flange gasket. 4. When mating to valves or other component equipment where the flange face has an insert, use procedure described in note 3. A. The sealing surfaces A Max. to B Min. of the mating flange must be free from gouges, undulations and deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of gasket. B. SPF Flanges are to be assembled on butterfly valves so as not to interfere with actuator or handle operation. C. Do not use SPF Flanges within 90 degrees of one another on standard fittings because the outside dimensions may cause interference. D. SPF Flanges should not be used as anchor points for tierods across non-restrained joints. E. SPF F-3 Flange sealing gaskets require a hard flat surface for adequate sealing. The use of a SPF Flange Adapter Insert is required for applications against rubber faced valves or other equipment. The SPF Flange Adapter Insert is installed between the SPF Flange sealing gasket and the mating flange or surface to provide a good sealing surface area. F. SPF Flanges are not recommended for use against formed rubber flanges. Notes 1 and 2 Notes 3 and 4Note A For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required,Gruvlok® Xtreme™ Lubricant is required. FIG. F-3 Grooved Flange Adapter WFD Series Waterflow Detector Robust Construction. The WFD series consists of a rugged, NEMA 4-rated enclosure. Designed for both indoor and outdoor use, the WFD series operates across a wide temperature range, from 32°F to 120°F. Reliable Performance. UL-listed models are equipped with tamper-resistant cover screws to prevent unauthorized entry. Inside, two sets of SPDT (Form C) synchronized switches are enclosed in a durable terminal block to assure reliable performance. False Alarm Immunity. The WFD series incorporates a mechanical retard feature, which minimizes the risk of false alarm due to pressure surges or air trapped in the sprinkler system. In addition, the mechanical retard’s unique sealed design is immune to dust and other contaminants. Simplified Operation. The WFD series is designed to simplify installation. Two conduit openings permit easy attachment to the local alarm system. The retard mechanism and dual SPDT switches are field-replaceable. Agency Listings The System Sensor WFD series is compatible with schedule 10 through 40 steel pipe, sizes 2˝ through 8˝, and can be mounted in a vertical or horizontal position. Features • Two-inch mounting hole provided in new WFD30-2 models • UL-listed models are NEMA 4 rated • Sealed retard mechanism immune to dust and other contaminants • Visual switch activation • Field-replaceable retard mechanism and SPDT switches • Rugged, dual SPDT switches enclosed in a durable terminal block • Accommodates up to 12 AWG wire • Designed for both indoor and outdoor use • 100 percent synchronization activates both alarm panel and local bell • Tamper-resistant cover screws 167-93-E7770-1653:114 3006195CS169S739 Engineering Specifications Vane-type waterflow detectors shall be installed on system piping as designated on the drawing and/or as specified herein. Detectors shall mount on any clear pipe span of the appropriate nominal size, either a vertical upflow or horizontal run, at least 6˝ from any fittings that may change water direction, flow rate, or pipe diameter or no closer than 24˝ from a valve or drain. Detectors shall have a sensitivity in the range of 4 to 10 gallons per minute and a static pressure rating of 450 psi* for 2˝ – 8˝ pipes. The detector shall respond to waterflow in the specified direction after a preset time delay that is field adjustable. The delay mechanism shall be a sealed mechanical pneumatic unit with visual indication of actuation. The actuation mechanism shall include a polyethylene vane inserted through a hole in the pipe and connected by a mechanical linkage to the delay mechanism. Outputs shall consist of dual SPDT switches (Form C contacts). Two conduit entrances for standard fittings of commonly used electrical conduit shall be provided on the detectors. A grounding provision is provided. Unless noted, enclosures shall be NEMA 4 listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. All detectors shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for indoor or outdoor use. Waterflow Detector Specifications 3825 Ohio Avenue • St. Charles, IL 60174 Phone: 800-SENSOR2 • Fax: 630-377-6495 ©2009 System Sensor. Product specifications subject to change without notice. Visit systemsensor.com for current product information, including the latest version of this data sheet.A05-0180-013 • 1/09 • #1922 Standard Specifications Static Pressure Rating 450 PSI*Operating Temperature Range 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Maximum Surge 18 Feet Per Second (FPS)Enclosure Rating*NEMA 4 – suitable for indoor/outdoor use Triggering Threshold Bandwidth (Flow Rate) 4–10 GPM Cover Tamper Switch Standard with ULC models, optional for UL models, part no. 546-7000 Conduit Entrances Two openings for ½˝ conduit. One open, one knock-out type Service Use Automatic Sprinkler: NFPA-13 One or Two Family Dwelling: NFPA 13D Residential Occupancies up to 4 Stories: NFPA 13R National Fire Alarm Code: NFPA-72 Contact Ratings Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 10.0 A, ½ HP @ 125/250 VAC 2.5 A @ 6/12/24 VDC U.S. Patent Numbers 5,213,205 Compatible Pipe Steel water pipe, schedule 10 through 40 Warranty 3 Years DELAYADJUSTMENTDIAL 557001545 3 0TIME D E LAY IN SECONDSNUMBER ON DIAL IS APPROXIMAT E NOTE: RETARD TIME MAY EXCEED 90 SECONDS. ADJUST AND VERIFY THAT TIME DOES NOT EXCEED 90 SECONDS. NUMBER ON DIAL IS APPROXIMATE TIME DELAY IN SECONDS WITH AN ACCURACY OF +/- 50%. Delay Adjustment Dial + + – – SSM24-XSSV120-X NOTE: COMMON AND B-NO CONNECTIONS WILL CLOSE WHEN VANE IS DEFLECTED, I.E., WHEN WATER IS FLOWING. DUAL SWITCHES PERMIT APPLICATIONS TO BE COMBINED ON A SINGLE DETECTOR. BREAK WIRE AS SHOWN FOR SUPERVISION OF CONNECTION. DO NOT ALLOW STRIPPED WIRE LEADS TO EXTEND BEYOND SWITCH HOUSING. DO NOT LOOP WIRES. POWER 24VDC OR 120VDC INITIATING LOOP UL-LISTED COMPATIBLE CONTROL PANEL CONTACT RATINGS125/250 VAC24 VDC 10 AMPS2.5 AMPS SCHEMATIC OF INDIVIDUAL SWITCH IN“NO WATERFLOW” CONDITION SUGGESTED EOL RESISTOR B-NO COM A-NC WFD Field Wiring Diagram Ordering Information UL Model ULC Model Pipe Size Hole Size Shipping Weight WFD20 WFD20A 2˝1¼˝4.2 lbs. WFD25 WFD25A 2½˝1¼˝4.3 lbs. WFD30-2 WFD30-2A 3˝2˝4.5 lbs. WFD35 WFD35A 3½˝1¼˝4.7 lbs. WFD40 WFD40A 4˝2˝5.2 lbs. WFD50 WFD50A 5˝2˝6.3 lbs. WFD60*WFD60A 6˝2˝6.8 lbs. WFD80*WFD80A 8˝2˝7.5 lbs. Accessories A3008-00 Retard mechanism A77-01-02 Terminal block 546-7000 Tamper-proof switch kit WFDW Tamper-proof wrench for cover WFDN4 Gasket kit *Maximum pressure rating 400 psi as approved by Factory Mutual. 3.0″ 3.75″ Pipe saddle U bolt nut Width: See Table Plastic vane Pipe U bolt 1.6″ ModelWFD20WFD25WFD30-2WFD35 Width4.6″4.6″5.2″5.7″ ModelWFD40WFD50WFD60WFD80 Width6.8″7.8″9.0″10.8″ Overall Dimensions, Installed Agency Listings T-Tap Waterflow Detectors System Sensor T-Tap Waterflow Detectors are designed for primary signaling in residential systems and branch line signaling in larger systems. Features • Sealed retard mechanism (Model WFDT) • Visual switch activation (Model WFDT) • Twelve different flexible plastic paddles • Vertical or horizontal mount • Durable, tamper-resistant enclosure • Dual SPDT switches in durable terminal block • Sizes marked on flexible plastic paddles • 100 percent synchronization activates both alarm panel and local bell • Accommodates up to 12 AWG wire Both the WFDT retard model and the WFDTNR non-retard model fit any tee that has a 1˝ NPT branch, including: 1˝, 1¼˝, 1½˝ and 2˝ NPT threaded ferrous and brass tees; 1˝, 1¼˝, 1½˝ and 2˝ copper sweat tees; Tyco, Spears®, Victaulic® and NIBO brand 1˝ CPVC tees; and 1½˝ polybutylene tees. Design. The design of the WFDT and WFDTNR makes them easy to install and simple to maintain. Either can be mounted in the vertical or horizontal position. Two conduit openings permit easy attachment to the local alarm system. The retard mechanism (Model WFDT only) and switch assemblies are field-replaceable. Features. Twelve different flexible plastic paddles fit 1˝, 1¼˝, 1½˝ and 2˝ tees. Sizes are marked clearly on the paddles for ease of installation. Plastic paddles slip over the actuating lever and are securely fastened with one screw. The handy depth gauge ensures the proper installation depth and clearance of the detector to the tee. Construction. The WFDT and WFDTNR include a durable, tamper- resistant enclosure and rugged switch assembly. The robust covers completely enclose the electrical components to keep out dust and dirt. Improved self-guiding security screws and removal tools make the detectors resistant to tampering and simplify field maintenance. Dual SPDT switches are enclosed in a durable terminal block for added strength. S739 167-93-E7770-1653:114CS169 3033305 3825 Ohio Avenue • St. Charles, IL 60174 Phone: 800-SENSOR2 • Fax: 630-377-6495 ©2010 System Sensor. Product specifications subject to change without notice. Visit systemsensor.com for current product information, including the latest version of this data sheet.A05-0195-014 • 7/10 • #2450 T-Tap Waterflow Detector Specifications Architectural/Engineering Specifications Model shall be a WFDT or WFDTNR as manufactured by System Sensor. T-tap waterflow detectors shall be installed on a tee that has a 1˝ NPT branch including: 1˝, 1¼˝, 1½˝ or 2˝ threaded ferrous or brass tee; 1–2˝ copper sweat tees; Tyco, Spears,® Victaulic,® and NIBCO brand 1˝ CPVC tees; or 1½˝ polybutylene tee as designated on the drawings and/or as specified herein. Detectors shall mount on any clear pipe span of the appropriate size, either a vertical or horizontal run at least 6˝ from any fittings or valves that may change water direction, flow rate, or pipe diameter or no closer than 24˝ from a valve or drain. Detectors shall have a sensitivity in the range of 4 to 10 gallons per minute and a static pressure rating of 250 psi. The retard t-tap detector shall be a sealed mechanical pneumatic unit with visual indication of actuation. The actuation mechanism shall include a polyethylene vane inserted through the tee fitting and connected by a mechanical linkage to the delay mechanism. The non-retard t-tap detector shall respond with no time delay to waterflow in the specified direction and range. Outputs shall consist of dual SPDT switches (Form C contacts). Two conduit entrances (one of which is a knockout type) for standard fittings of commonly used electrical conduit shall be provided on the detectors. A grounding provision is provided. All detectors shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for indoor or outdoor use. Physical/Operating Specifications Static Pressure Rating 250 PSI Operating Temperature Range 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Maximum Surge 18 FPS Enclosure Rating UL indoor/outdoor rated Triggering Threshold Bandwidth (Flow Rate) 4–10 GPM Cover Tamper Switch UL models: optional P/N 546-7000 ULC/Canadian models: factory installed Overall Dimensions, Installed WFDT: 4.5˝ H × 3.75˝ W × 6.7˝ L (11.4cm H × 9.5cm W × 17cm L) WFDTNR: 3.75˝ H × 3.25˝ W × 4.25˝ L (9.5cm H × 8.2cm W × 10.8cm L) Service Use Automatic Sprinkler: NFPA 13 One or Two Family Dwelling: NFPA 13D Residential Occupancies up to 4 Stories: NFPA 13R National Fire Alarm Code: NFPA 72 Contact Ratings Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 10.0 A @ 125/250 VAC 2.5 A @ 24 VDC Shipping Weight WFDT: 2.6 lbs. (1.2 kg.) WFDTNR: 1.5 lbs. (0.7 kg.) Compatible Tee Fittings Threaded ferrous and brass tees, copper sweat tees, CPVC tees, and polybutylene tees Warranty 3 years Conduit Entrances Two openings for ½˝ conduit.U.S. Patent Numbers 5,213,205 DELAYADJUSTMENTDIAL 557001545 3 0TIME D E LAY IN SECONDSNUMBER O N DIAL IS APPROXIMA T E NOTE: RETARD TIME MAY EXCEED 90 SECONDS. ADJUST AND VERIFY THAT TIME DOES NOT EXCEED 90 SECONDS. NUMBER ON DIAL IS APPROXIMATE TIME DELAY IN SECONDS WITH AN ACCURACY OF +/- 50%. Delay Adjustment Dial + + – – SSM24-XSSV120-X NOTE: COMMON AND B-NO CONNECTIONS WILL CLOSE WHEN VANE IS DEFLECTED, I.E., WHEN WATER IS FLOWING. DUAL SWITCHES PERMIT APPLICATIONS TO BE COMBINED ON A SINGLE DETECTOR. BREAK WIRE AS SHOWN FOR SUPERVISION OF CONNECTION. DO NOT ALLOW STRIPPED WIRE LEADS TO EXTEND BEYOND SWITCH HOUSING. DO NOT LOOP WIRES. POWER 24VDC OR 120VAC INITIATING LOOP UL-LISTED COMPATIBLE CONTROL PANEL CONTACT RATINGS 125/250 VAC24 VDC 10 AMPS2.5 AMPS SCHEMATIC OF INDIVIDUAL SWITCH IN“NO WATERFLOW” CONDITION SUGGESTED EOL RESISTOR B-NO COM A-NC Electrical Connections for WFDT Ordering Information UL Model ULC Model Description WFDT WFDTA Waterflow Detector, Fits 1˝, 1¼˝, 1½˝, 2˝ ferrous and brass threaded tees; 1˝, 1¼˝, 1½˝, 2˝ copper sweat tees; 1˝ CPVC tees; and 1½˝ polybutylene tees WFDTNR —Waterflow Detector, non-retard, fits same tees as Model WFDT Accessories Description A77-01-02 Replacement terminal block for WFDT A77-01-08 Replacement terminal block for WFDTNR A3008-00 Replacement retard mechanism PRK9 Replacement paddle kit – 12 paddles for WFDT and WFDTNR (see WFDT for sizes) 546-7000 Cover tamper switch kit for WFDT S07-66-02 Replacement tamper screws for covers of WFDT, WFDTNR WFDW Replacement tamper-proof wrench for cover of WFDT, WFDTNR WFDN4 NEMA-4 gasket kit C58-164-01 Replacement metal cover C58-195-01 Replacement plastic cover (WFDTNR) Spears® is a registered trademark of the Spears Manufacturing Company. Victaulic® is a registered trademark of the Victaulic Company of America. Agency Listings OSY2 Supervisory Switch The System Sensor OSY2 is used to monitor the open position of an Outside Screw and Yoke (OS&Y) type gate valve. Features NEMA 3R-rated enclosure• User-friendly mounting bracket fits newer valve yokes• Single side conduit entry does not require right angle fittings• Adjustable length actuator eliminates the need for cutting the shaft• Accommodates up to 12 AWG wire• Three position switch monitors vandal and valve close signals• Two SPDT contacts are enclosed in a durable terminal block for • added strength 100 percent synchronization activates both alarm panel and local • bell simultaneously Robust Construction. The OSY2 consists of a rugged housing, intended for indoor and outdoor use. When installed with the actuator in the vertical position, the OSY2 is NEMA 3R rated per UL. Application Flexibility. The OSY2 features a user-friendly mounting bracket and adjustable shaft to permit mounting to most OS&Y valves, ranging in size from 1˝ to 12˝. Its right angle design and wide bracket span provides maximum clearance for valve components, to accommodate troublesome valves. Removing the OSY2’s gate valve bracket allows the unit to monitor side-bracket- style pressure reducing valves. Simplified Operation. Installation is made easier with the OSY2’s single side conduit entrance. By providing a direct conduit pathway to the electrical source, right angle fittings are not required. Installation is further simplified by the OSY2’s adjustable length actuator, which eliminates the need for cutting the shaft. Reliable Performance. The OSY2 is equipped with tamper- resistant cover screws to prevent unauthorized entry. Inside, two sets of SPDT (Form C) synchronized switches are enclosed in a durable terminal block to assure reliable performance. S739 CS169 7770-1653:118OW6A8.AY 167–93–E 3825 Ohio Avenue • St. Charles, IL 60174 Phone: 800-SENSOR2 • Fax: 630-377-6495 ©2009 System Sensor. Product specifications subject to change without notice. Visit systemsensor.com for current product information, including the latest version of this data sheet.A05-0196-010 • 1/09 • #1960 THE FOLLOWING ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE MOUNTING POSITIONS: THE FOLLOWING MOUNTING POSITION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE: ACTUATOR VERTICAL (DOWN) ACTUATOR HORIZONTAL ACTUATOR VERTICAL (POINTING UP) Electrical Connections for OSY2 Ordering Information Part No.Description OSY2 Outside Screw and Yoke valve supervisory switch OSY2A Outside Screw and Yoke valve supervisory switch (ULC model) Accessories OSYRK Replacement hardware kit (wrenches, screw pack and J–hooks)WFDW Replacement tamper-proof wrench for cover 546-7000 Cover tamper switch kit HEXW Replacement hex wrench S07-66-XX Tamper screws for cover OSY2 Specifications Architectural/Engineering Specifications Model shall be model number OSY2 supervisory switch as manufactured by System Sensor. OSY2 shall be installed on each valve as designated on the drawings and/or as specified herein. Switches shall be mounted so as not to interfere with the normal operation of the valve and shall be adjusted to operate within two revolutions of the valve control or when the stem has moved no more than one-fifth of the distance from its normal position. The mechanism shall be contained in a weatherproof die cast metal housing that provides a side entrance for ½˝ conduit and incorporates the necessary facilities for attachment to the valve. A grounding provision is provided. The switch assembly shall include two switches each with a rated capacity of 10 Amp @ 125/250VAC and 2.5 Amp @ 24VDC. The cover shall contain tamper-resistant screws for which a security wrench will be provided with each switch. The OSY2 shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed for indoor or outdoor use. The OSY2 shall be Factory Mutual, CSFM, and MEA approved. Physical Specifications Operating Specifications Overall Switch Dimensions 5¾˝H x 3½˝W x 3¼˝D (14.6cm x 8.9cm x 8.2cm) Contact Ratings Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 10.0 A @ 125/250VAC; 2.5 @ 6/12/24VDC Shipping Weight 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg)Enclosure Rating UL indoor/outdoor NEMA 3R when mounted with the actuator vertical Operating Temperature Range 32°F to 120°F ( 0°C to 49°C) NOTE: The OSY2 will operate from –40°F to 120°F (–40°C to 49°C); however UL does not test control valve supervisory switches below 32°F (0°C). Cover Tamper Switch Standard with ULC model Optional for UL model, part no. 546-7000 Maximum Stem Extension 25/8˝ (6.7cm)Service Use Automatic Sprinkler: NFPA 13 One or Two Family Dwelling: NFPA 13D Residential Occupancies up to 4 stories: NFPA 13R National Fire Alarm code: NFPA 72 Bracket Span ¼˝H x 6¾˝W x 1˝D (5.7cm x 17.1cm x 2.5cm)Warranty 3 years Conduit Entrances One single side open for ½˝ conduit U.S. Patent Nos.5,478,038; 5,213,205 OSY2 Mounting The following are examples of acceptable mounting positions: The following mounting position is not acceptable: Actuator Vertical (Down)Actuator Horizontal Actuator Vertical (Pointing Up) TOP VIEW SWITCH 1 COM COM ABBASWITCH 2 CONTACT RATINGS 125/250 VAC 24 VDC 10 AMPS 2.5 AMPS SUP. SWITCH BB COM COM SUP. SWITCH BB COM COM TYPICAL FACP CONNECTION TO NONSILENCEABLEINITIATING ZONEOF LISTED FACP END-OF-LINERESISTOR B COM TO POWERSOURCECOMPATIBLEWITH BELL LOCALBELL TYPICAL LOCAL BELL CONNECTION BREAK WIRE AS SHOWN FOR SUPERVISIONOF CONNECTION. DO NOT ALLOW STRIPPEDWIRE LEADS TO EXTEND BEYOND SWITCHHOUSING. DO NOT LOOP WIRES. STRIP GAUGE NOTE: COMMON AND B CONNECTIONS WILL CLOSE WHEN VALVE MOVES 1/5 OF ITS TOTAL TRAVEL DISTANCE. THE FOLLOWING ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE MOUNTING POSITIONS: THE FOLLOWING MOUNTING POSITION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE: ACTUATOR VERTICAL (DOWN) ACTUATOR HORIZONTAL ACTUATOR VERTICAL (POINTING UP) Agency Listings EPS10-1 AND EPS10-2 Alarm Pressure Switches System Sensor EPS10 Series switches are designed for use in wet, dry, deluge, and pre-action automatic sprinkler systems to indicate a discharge from a sprinkler. Features Sensitivity adjustment wheel, no special tools required Reinforced diaphragm resists pressure spikes Two conduit entrances Both one- and two-switch models available • • • • The EPS10-1 has a single SPDT switch while the EPS10-2 model contains two SPDT switches. The EPS10 Series features fi eld adjustable pressure sensitivity to provide an alarm response between 4 and 20 psi. It is factory set to respond at 4 – 8 psi on rising or falling pressure. The pressure adjustment wheel requires no special tools and does not aff ect switch synchronization on the EPS10-2. The EPS10 Series switches are NEMA 4 rated. CS169 3005863 7770-1209:147 167-93-E VdS G4020028-27 S739 Specifications, EPS10-1 and EPS10-2 Architectural/Engineering Specifi cations EPS10-1 (SPDT), EPS10-2 (2/SPDT) Model shall be an EPS10-1 or EPS10-2 pressure type waterfl ow switch as manufactured by System Sensor of St. Charles, IL. They shall be installed on the sprinkler system with connection as shown on the drawings and/or as specifi ed herein. Pressure switches shall be of the bellows-activated type. Switches shall have a maximum service pressure rating of 250 psi and shall be factory adjusted to operate at a pressure of 4 – 8 psi. There shall be one (1) or two (2) SPDT contacts rated at 10.0 Amp @ 125/250 VAC and 2.5 Amp @ 6/12/24 VDC. The contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated on the plans, pressure switches according to appropriate NFPA standards. Switches shall be provided with a ½˝ NPT male pressure connection to be connected to the alarm check valve of a “wet” sprinkler system, into the intermediate chamber of a “dry” system, or to a pre-action or deluge valve. They shall be activated by any fl ow of water equal to or in excess of the discharge from one sprinkler head. Switches shall provide 1 knockout type and 1 open hole for ½˝ conduit fi tting attachment and a ground screw provision for electrical grounding. The switch enclosure shall be weatherproof and carry a UL 4x/NEMA 4 rating when used with proper electrical fi ttings and conduit. The cover shall incorporate tamper-resistant screws. The unit shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and approved by Factory Mutual. 3825 Ohio Avenue • St. Charles, IL 60174 Phone: 800-SENSOR2 • Fax: 630-377-6495 ©2006 System Sensor. Product specifi cations subject to change without notice. Visit systemsensor.com for current product information, including the latest version of this data sheet. A05-0176-009 • 9/06 • #1676 Ordering Information Part No. Description EPS10-1 Alarm Waterfl ow Pressure Switch, One SPDT, 4–20 PSI EPS10-2 Alarm Waterfl ow Pressure Switch, Two SPDT, 4–20 PSI EPSA10-1 ULC/Canadian Version EPSA10-2 ULC/Canadian Version Replacement Parts S07-66-02 Replacement Tamper Screws for Cover of EPS WFDW Replacement Tamper Proof Wrench for Cover of EPS 546-8000 Cover Tamper Switch for EPS Series Typical Sprinkler Applications ALARM CHECK VALVE OS & Y VALVE WATER BY-PASS VALVE LOCAL ALARM SHUT OFF VALVE RETARD WATER MOTOR GONG EPS10 WET SYSTEM WIRE TO ALARM INDICATING CIRCUIT OF FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL TO SPRINKLER SYSTEM ALARM CHECK VALVE OS & Y VALVE WATER BY-PASS VALVE LOCAL ALARM SHUT OFF VALVE RETARD WATER MOTOR GONG EPS10 WET SYSTEM WIRE TO ALARM INDICATING CIRCUIT OF FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL TO SPRINKLER SYSTEM DRY PIPE VALVE OS & Y VALVE WATER BY-PASS VALVE LOCAL ALARM SHUT OFF VALVE WATER MOTOR GONG CHECK VALVE EPS10 DRY SYSTEM WIRE TO ALARM INDICATING CIRCUIT OF FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL TO SPRINKLER SYSTEM Pressure Switch Basic Dimensions Electrical Connections HEX ADJUSTMENT SCREW MAIN ADJUSTMENT WHEEL 41/4″ 51/8″ LOCKING SCREW 1/2″ NPTCOMABGROUND SCREW (GREEN)SWITCH #2 MODEL EPS10-1 ACOMB SWITCH AT 0 PSI SWITCH AT 4-8 PSI (HIGH TRIP PT.) BCOMA SWITCH 1 MODEL EPS10-2 SWITCHES AT 0 PSI B COM A B COM A A COM B ACOM B BOTH SWITCHES ACTIVATE SIMULTANEOUSLY SW1 SW2 SW1 SW2 SWITCHES AT 4-8 PSI (HIGH TRIP PT.) Specifications, EPS10-1 and EPS10-2 (continued) Physical/Operating Specifi cations Maximum Operating Pressure 250 psi Operating Temperature Range Indoor or outdoor use: –40°F to 160°F (–40°C to 71°C) Maximum Adjustment Pressure Range 4 to 20 psi Cover Tamper Switch UL Models: Optional P/N 546-8000 ULC Models: Factory Installed Diff erential Approximately 3 psi throughout range Enclosure Rated UL 4x, NEMA 4 for indoor or outdoor use Factory Setting Operates at rising pressure 4 to 8 psi Shipping Weight 1.2 lbs. (.54 Kg) Switch Contact Ratings EPS10-1: One set SPDT (Form C) EPS10-2: Two sets SPDT (Form C) 10.0 A, ½ HP @ 125/250 VAC 2.5 A @ 6/12/24 VDC Service Use Automatic Sprinkler: NFPA 13 One or Two Family Dwelling: NFPA 13D Residential Occupancies up to 4 Stories: NFPA 13R National Fire Alarm Code: NFPA 72 Pressure Connection ½˝ NPT male glass reinforced nylon Warranty 3 years Dimensions 5.12˝ H × 3.325˝ W × 4.250˝ L (13.0 cm × 8.4 cm × 10.8 cm) Agency Listings EPS40-1 AND EPS40-2 Supervisory Pressure Switches System Sensor EPS40 Series switches are designed for use in dry pipe systems or pressure tanks and water pressure supplies of automatic water control valves. Features Sensitivity adjustment wheel, no special tools required Reinforced diaphragm resists pressure spikes Two conduit entrances Both one- and two-switch models available • • • • The EPS40-1 has a single SPDT switch while the EPS40-2 model contains two SPDT switches. The EPS40 Series features fi eld adjustable pressure sensitivity to provide an alarm response between 10 and 100 psi. All models are factory set for use in a nominal 40 psi system. The EPS40-1 is factory set to respond at 30 psi at decreasing pressure while the EPS40-2 is factory set to respond at 50 psi on rising pressure and 30 psi at decreasing pressure. The pressure adjustment wheel requires no special tools and does not aff ect switch synchronization on the EPS40-2. The EPS40-1 and EPS40-2 supervisory pressure switches are NEMA 4 rated. S739 Specifications, EPS40-1 and EPS40-2 Architectural/Engineering Specifi cations EPS40-1 (SPDT), EPS40-2 (2/SPDT) Model shall be an EPS40-1 or EPS40-2 pressure type waterfl ow switch as manufactured by System Sensor of St. Charles, IL. They shall be installed on the sprinkler system with connection as shown on the drawings and/or as specifi ed herein. Pressure switches shall be of the bellows-activated type. Switches shall have a maximum service pressure rating of 250 psi and shall be adjustable from 10 – 100 psi. There shall be one (1) or two (2) SPDT contacts rated at 10.0 Amp @ 125/250 VAC and 2.5 Amp @ 6/12/24 VDC. The contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated on the plans, pressure switches according to appropriate NFPA standards. Switches shall be provided with a ½˝ NPT male pressure connection to be connected into the air supply line on the system side of any shut-off valve. Switches shall provide 1 knockout type and 1 open hole for ½˝ conduit fi tting attachment and a ground screw provision for electrical grounding. The switch enclosure shall be weatherproof and carry a UL 4x/NEMA 4 rating when used with proper electrical fi ttings and conduit. The cover shall incorporate tamper-resistant screws. The unit shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., the California State Fire Marshal, MEA, CSFM, LPCB, VdS and approved by Factory Mutual. 0X0A7.AY CS169 VdS G4020028 7770-1209:147 167-93-E 118f/01 3825 Ohio Avenue • St. Charles, IL 60174 Phone: 800-SENSOR2 • Fax: 630-377-6495 ©2006 System Sensor. Product specifi cations subject to change without notice. Visit systemsensor.com for current product information, including the latest version of this data sheet. A05-0177-010 • 9/06 • #1676 Ordering Information Part No. Description EPS40-1 Low Pressure Supervisory Switch, One SPDT, 10–100 PSI EPS40-2 High/Low Pressure Supervisory Switch, Two SPDT, 10–100 PSI EPSA40-1 Low Pressure Supervisory Switch, One SPDT, 10–100 PSI (ULC Model) EPSA40-2 High/Low Pressure Supervisory Switch, Two SPDT, 10–100 PSI (ULC Model) Replacement Parts S07-66-XX Replacement Tamper Screws for Cover of EPS WFDW Replacement Tamper Proof Wrench for Cover of EPS 546-8000 Cover Tamper Switch for EPS Series Typical Sprinkler Applications Pressure Switch Basic DimensionsElectrical Connections HEX ADJUSTMENT SCREW MAIN ADJUSTMENT WHEEL 41/4″ 51/8″ LOCKING SCREW 1/2″ NPTCOMABGROUND SCREW (GREEN)SWITCH #2 Specifications, EPS40-1 and EPS40-2 (continued) Physical/Operating Specifi cations Maximum Operating Pressure 250 psi Operating Temperature Range Indoor or outdoor use: –40°F to 160°F (–40°C to 71°C) Maximum Adjustment Pressure Range 10 to 100 psi Cover Tamper Switch UL Models: Optional P/N 546-8000 ULC Models: Factory Installed Diff erential Approximately 3 psi @ 10 psi, 6 psi @ 100 psi Enclosure Rated UL 4x, NEMA 4 for indoor or outdoor use Factory Setting EPS40-1 operates at decreasing pressure at 30 psi EPS40-2 operates at increasing pressure at 50 psi and decreasing pressure at 30 psi Shipping Weight 1.2 lbs. (.54 Kg) Switch Contact Ratings EPS10-1: One set SPDT (Form C) EPS10-2: Two sets SPDT (Form C) 10.0 A, ½ HP @ 125/250 VAC 2.5 A @ 6/12/24 VDC Service Use Automatic Sprinkler: NFPA 13 One or Two Family Dwelling: NFPA 13D Residential Occupancies up to 4 Stories: NFPA 13R National Fire Alarm Code: NFPA 72 Pressure Connection ½˝ NPT male Warranty 3 years Dimensions 5.12˝ H × 3.325˝ W × 4.250˝ L (13.0 cm × 8.4 cm × 10.8 cm) DRYPIPEVALVE OS & Y VALVE WATER BY-PASS TEST VALVE LOCAL ALARMSHUT OFFVALVE WATERMOTORGONG CHECKVALVE EPS40 CHECKVALVE AIR LINESHUT-OFFVALVE INSTALLBLEEDERVALVE FORTESTING EPS40 DRY SYSTEM WIRE TO SUPERVISORYCIRCUIT OF FIRE ALARMCONTROL PANEL WIRE TO ALARMINDICATING CIRCUITOF FIRE ALARMCONTROL PANEL TOSPRINKLERSYSTEM MODELS EPS40-1 SWITCH AT 40 P.S.I. (NORMAL) SWITCH AT 30 P.S.I. (LOW TRIP PT.) B COM A A COM B SWITCH 1 SW2SW1 SWITCHES AT 40 P.S.I. (NORMAL) SWITCHES AT 30 P.S.I. (LOW TRIP PT.) SW1 SW2 MODELS EPS40-2 SWITCHES AT 50 P.S.I. (HIGH TRIP PT.) SW1 SW2 B COM A B COM A B COM A A COM B A COM B A COM B Agency Listings Features • Plug-in design • Field selectable candela settings: 135, 150, 177, 185 • Tamper resistant construction • Outdoor products rated from –40°F to 151°F • Regulated 120VAC • Rotary switch for horn tone and three volume selections • Outdoor products listed to UL 1638 (strobe) and UL 464 (horn) outdoor requirements • Outdoor products rainproof per UL 50 (NEMA 3R) • Weatherproof back box included • Single screw attachment • Horn/strobe, 120VAC adapter mounting plate, and weatherproof back box included • Listed for ceiling or wall mounting The SpectrAlert Advance series of notification appliances is designed to simplify installations, with features such as plug in designs, instant feedback messages to ensure correct installation of individual devices, and field-selectable candela settings. When installing the P2RHK-120, first attach the 120V mounting plate to the outdoor back box provided with each unit. Next, connect the notification appliance circuit wiring to the SEMS terminals on the mounting plate. Finally, attach the horn/strobe to the mounting plate by inserting the product’s tabs in the mounting plate’s grooves. The device will rotate into position, locking the product’s pins into the mounting plate’s terminals. The device will temporarily hold in place with a catch until it is secured with a captured mounting screw. The SpectrAlert Advance series outdoor notification appliances are rated between minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit and 151 degrees Fahrenheit in wet or dry applications. P2RHK-120 Outdoor 120V Selectable Output Horn/Strobe The SpectrAlert® Advance selectable-output outdoor 120V horn/strobe is rich with features guaranteed to cut installation times and maximize profits. MEA452-05-E 7300-1653:187 (outdoor strobes) 7125-1653:188 (horn/strobes S4011S5512S3593 3825 Ohio Avenue •St.Charles,IL 60174 Phone:800-SENSOR2 •Fax:630-377-6495 ©2012SystemSensor. Productspecificationssubject tochangewithout notice.Visitsystemsensor.comforcurrentproductinformation,including thelatestversionof thisdatasheet.AVDS01700 •03/12 P2RHK-120 Dimensions Model Description P2RHK-120*2-wire Horn/Strobe, High cd, Red, Outdoor, 120VAC SpectrAlert Advance Ordering Information Notes: *Includes P2RHK 2-wire horn/strobe, MP120K 120VAC adapter mounting plate, and weatherproof back box. “High cd,” refers to strobes that include 135, 150, 177, and 185 candela settings. All outdoor units ending in “K” include a weatherproof back box. 4.7˝ 5.6˝ 6.8˝ Dia. 2.5˝ 2.5˝ 2.23˝5.05˝ 5.98˝ 7.1˝ Dia. 2.25˝ 5.1˝ 2.0˝ 5.7˝ 7.1˝ Dia. 2.0˝ Wall-mount horn/strobes Wall weatherproof back box P2RHK-120 Mounting SpectrAlert Advance Specifications Architect/Engineer Specifications The horn/strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert Advance Model _______ listed to UL 1971 and UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The horn/strobe shall be wired as a primary-signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1Hz over the strobe’s entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. The horn shall have three audibility options and an option to switch between a temporal three-pattern and a non-temporal (continuous) pattern. These options are set by a multiple position switch. On four-wire products, the strobe shall be powered independently of the sounder. The horn on horn/strobe models shall operate on a coded or non-coded power supply. Outdoor Products SpectrAlert Advance outdoor horn/strobe shall be listed for outdoor use by UL and shall operate between minus 40 degrees and 151 degrees Fahrenheit. The products shall be listed for use with a System Sensor outdoor/weatherproof back box with half inch and three-fourths inch conduit entries. Physical/Electrical Specifications Operating Temperature –40°F to 151°F (–40°C to 66°C) Strobe Flash Rate 1 flash per second Nominal Voltage Regulated 120VAC Operating Voltage Range 96 – 132VAC Input terminal wire gauge 12 to 18 AWG Dimensions 5.7˝L × 5.1˝W × 2.0˝D (145 mm L × 130 mm W × 51 mm D) Candela Derating For K series products used at low temperatures, listed candela ratings must be reduced in accordance with this table. Strobe Output (cd) Listed Candela Candela rating at –40°F 135 135 150 150 177 177 185 185 120V MOUNTING PLATE MP120K Office/Manufacturing Facility •1375 Sampson Ave. •Corona, CA 92879 •Ph: 951.737.5599 •Fax: 951.737.0330 Customer Service •800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 33 wwwwww..ttoollccoo..ccoomm Revision 5/24/2001 ™ ®a brand of Size Range — (Fig. 6) 1/2" thru 20" pipe (Fig. 6F) 1/2" thru 2 1/2" copper tubing (Fig. 6PVC) 1/2" thru 6" pipe Material — Carbon Steel Insulation Material — (Fig. 6F) 3/16" felt. Function — Used for supporting vertical piping. Approvals — Underwriters’ Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL), Canada (cUL) 1/2" - 8". Factory Mutual Engineering Approved, 3/4" thru 8". Conforms to Federal Specification WW-H-171E, Type 8, 3/4" thru 20"and Manufacturers Standardization Society SP-69, Type 8. Maximum Temperature — 650°F Finish — Plain Note — Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By — (Fig. 6 and Fig. 6PVC) pipe size and finish. (Fig. 6F) copper tube size and finish. (Fig. 6F is available for Iron Pipe Size, consult factory. Fig. 6F Fig. 6PVC Fig. 6 Fig. 6 - Riser Clamp Fig. 6F - Felt Lined Riser Clamp Fig. 6PVC - PVC Coated Riser Clamp Dimensions • Weights Pipe Max. Rec. Approx. Size A B C Bolt Size Load Lbs. Wt./100 1/2 9 1/4 1/2 1 1/8 3/8 255 144 3/4 9 1/4 1/2 1 1/8 3/8 255 144 199/16 1/2 1 1/4 3/8 255 147 11/4 911/16 1/2 1 3/8 3/8 255 150 11/2 103/8 1/2 1 1/2 3/8 255 153 2103/4 1/2 2 3/8 255 165 21/2 11 5/8 2 1/4 3/8 390 228 3 12 5/8 3 3/8 530 246 31/2 13 5/8 3 1/4 1/2 670 264 4131/2 3/4 3 3/8 1/2 810 347 5141/2 3/4 4 3/8 1/2 1160 385 6151/8 7/8 4 7/8 1/2 1570 564 8181/2 153/4 5/8 2500 1017 10 20 1/4 171/4 5/8 2500 1138 12 22 3/4 181/4 5/8 2700 1759 14 24 11/8 9 5/8 2700 1922 16 26 11/8 10 1/4 3/4 2900 3245 18 28 1 1/4 111/2 3/4 2900 3372 20 30 13/8 12 1/2 3/4 2900 3499